582 10 13346 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/73a50719abb62d7439da582e1e47a7bd.jpg 818c1adaa0f42178241bc07d5ff0c75a Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior of House Showing Rising 1+0 Seedlings in Broadcast Beds Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interior of house showing rising 1+0 seedlings in broadcast beds. Black spruce, 1+0, greenhouse. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1970-06-15 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Nurseries-198 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - New Brunswick - Juniper https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/41a464f46473d496babc09b197a3f711.jpg fd9684eb66f8dbc57393094af056695f Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior of Shade House, n.b. Irrigation Sprinkler Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interior of shade house, n.b. irrigation sprinkler. Container, shade house. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1974-07-15 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Nurseries-371 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - British Columbia - Surrey https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/87b978167bcc46fa2c4ca0bdbd3bafa6.jpg 14905b8b0947eb834f8aa4f7669ef3b3 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior of stand Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interior of stand in slide #193. N.B. spruce is mainly understory. Engelhart Management Unit, Swastika. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966-08 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-194 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/5b129210695e0673d48c5c54010715bc.jpg d4cda87fd2f68e21b66e77136eb31cd3 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior of Stanley sugarbush Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interior of Stanley sugarbush (slide #2234). Photo Mike Rosen. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1998-01 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-2235 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/c51e468a9c86b50e7a69eefce5fc09e5.jpg 2f4b472eb1a10ac6e616a8a4729cec1b Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior view of transit shed, Keefer Lakehead Terminal Subject The topic of the resource Business and Industry Communities in Northwestern Ontario Description An account of the resource Interior view of transit shed, Keefer Lakehead Terminal. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context NODA_M-46(1)-28 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/b7096e7581323bb5c24c2539d851625f.jpg 491558606d1f9d6e695640257bbe1d67 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Interior view of white pine at Joan peninsula, Temagami. Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interior view of White pine at Joan peninsula, Temagami. N.B. amount of competing lower vegetation in uncut strip. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1969-09 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-275 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Temagami https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e6a40e25ce89eab6686a5dccb62ed186.jpg f8e8edb2d5345c812ed3ff592ce2ceb5 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/9726cab043312b8df35a47865cecbe4c.jpg 81fef62d7f725e6ec29596745fe0aaeb Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Geology-12 Title A name given to the resource Interlobate moraine- Aurora, Ont. Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interlobate moraine- Aurora, Ont. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada-Ontario-Aurora https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/4c0471338bfd5661ff25818d59927b78.jpg 5c8331daaff0f8565e61ae01d8bd9b0b Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Geology-11 Title A name given to the resource Interlobate moraine- Southern Ontario Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Interlobate moraine- Southern Ontario Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada-Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/f60f8524d72135600172038674c524f1.mp3 0fa0ad973e706936c1f3f94a46399960 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/5d2d31b86eedd61a4469ec00cd71fa9e.mp3 e16f63a0c3160e621319b69c1832b768 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/f27096f6006c1b718b9a801499c8d09c.mp3 a9c10067842f80b7ab5d82128fcd7bda https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/cf14f52d35d6f8a032f45cffc9f8fa24.mp3 d82e33e90ee2917c7d38e7ca4312a627 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/15151ba10b48502cd5cbbb9b07c6a10f.mp3 ba8b9996b4f669cdba78a93bf31c9510 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/d168f002bdf67fc3465bb06cb06330a9.mp3 9e891dd324ea33044ddd293675c7bfea Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Intermediate Ojibwe: Audio Files Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource Accompanying audio file for Intermediate Ojibwe (Tom Beardy). There are six audio files: click on each to play or download in .mp3 format. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructor Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource mp3 Language A language of the resource Ojibwe Type The nature or genre of the resource Audio https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/9d71b8938a11e54c430a4879a6f69483.pdf eef9cacbd0df2f1ece0ac9729daad246 PDF Text Text INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE: uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT Tom Beardy John O'Meara Sonya Matson Bruce Beardy ... Fa cu l ty of Ed Editor: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: ke he ad U ni v er sit y Audio tape production was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Free: 1-800-354-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom.Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: J9hn Somers La A special thanks to Lena Odjig White for all of her en~ouragement in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. �Intermediate Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1996, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �n io at uc Ed sit y Printed and distributed by: ni v er Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario · P7B 5El U Not to be sold for profit. ke he ad © 1996 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. La ( Fa cu l ty of This book is based on a collection of materials by Tom Beardy, Department of Languages, Lakehead University, the Native Language Department, Lakehead University and Explore Ojibwe: A Practical Reference Workbook for Teachers By Lena White, Department of Languages, Lakehead University. ISBN 0-88663-023-1 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD # 1 uc Title of Ed Trk at io n (Unit 1, Lessonl , Ex. A to Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. C) cu l ty 2 3 Introduction......................................................................................... 1.08 Unit l, Lesson 1, Ex. A (pg l) ........................................................................................4.27 Ex. B (pg 2)........................................................................................0.28 Ex. C (sec 1) (pg 3).............................................................................2.36 Ex. C (sec 2) (pg 3)............................................................................. 3.47 Ex. D (sec 1) (pg 3).............................................................................0.24 Ex. D (sec 2) (pg 4).............................................................................0.24 Ex. E(pg 5).........................................................................................2.45 Ex. F (pgs 6& 7)................................................................................. 7.54 Ex. G(pg Fa 4 sit y 5 0 er 6 ni v 7 10 he 9 ad U 8 8)......................................................................................... 0.25 Ex. H (pg 9)......................................................................................... 0.33 Ex. I (secs 1 & 2) (pg 10).................................................................... 3.07 Ex.J(pg ll)........................................................................................3.07 Unit 1, Lesson 2, Ex. A (pg 12)...................................................................................... 2.28 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 13)........................................................................... 1.30 Ex. B (sec 2) (pg 13)........................................................................... l.56 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pg La ke 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #2 io n (Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. D to Unit 1, Lesson 4, Ex. F) at Time Unit 1, Lesson 3, Ex. D (sec 1 ) (pg 30)........................................................................ .4.04 Ex. D (secs 2 & 3)) (pgs 31)............................................................... 0.32 3 Ex. E (secs 1 & 2) (pg 52).................................................................. l .22 4 Ex. F (sec 1) (pg 32)...........................................................................6.38 5 Ex. F (secs 2 & 3) (pg 33)...................................................................0.30 6 Ex. G (pg 34) ...................................................................................... 7.26 7 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pg 35) ..................................................................2.02 8 Ex. I (sec 1) (pg 35)............................................................................ 3.00 9 Ex. I (secs 2 & 3) (pg 36) .................................................................... 0.39 10 Ex. .J Review Test (secs 1 & 2) (pg 37) ..............................................4.07 11 Unit 1, Lesson 4 Ex. A (sec 1) (pg 38).......................................................................... .4.49 12 Ex. A (sec 2) (pgs 38 & 39) ................................................................ 5.09 13 Ex. A (sec 3) (pg 40) ..........................................................................0.24 14 Ex. A (sec 4) (pgs 40 & 41) ................................................................ l.54 15 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 41 & 42) ........................................................0.46 16 Ex. C (sec l)(pg 43) ........................................................................... 1.08 17 Ex. C (sec 2) (pg 43) ...........................................................................3.04 18 Ex. C (sec 3) (pg 44).......... . ............................................................... 3.16 19 Ex. D (sec 1).(pg La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 2 (_ �24 25 n 23 io 22 at 21 0 uc 20 45) ........................................................................... l.l l Ex. D (sec 2) (pg 45) ........................................................................... 3.52 Ex. D (sec 3) (pg 46)........................................................................... 3.52 Ex. E (sec 1) (pg 47)............................................................ ............... 1.26 Ex. E (sec 2) {pg 47)............................. .............................................. l.41 Ex. E (sec 3) {pg 48)........................................................................... 1.34 Ex. E (sec 4)(pg Ed 48))..........................................................................3.30 Ex. E (secs 5 & 6) (pg 26 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 48) ..................................................................0.31 Ex. F (sec l) {pg 27 49)............................................................................2.49 Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 28 .............................................................4.06 ............... 49) 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #3 (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Ex. F to Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. B) Trk n Title Unit I, Lesson 4, Ex. F (sec 3) (pgs 50 & 51)................................................................ .4.58 at 1 2 io Time sit ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc Ex. G (sec 1) (pgs 52 & 53)................................................................ 3.46 3 Ex. G (sec 2) (pg 53)...........................................................................0.21 4 Ex. G (sec 3) (pgs 53 & 54)................................................................ 1.00 5 Ex. G (sec 4) (pgs 54 & 55)................................................................ 4.44 6 Ex. H (pgs 56 & 57) ............................................................................ 0.40 7 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 58)............................................................................2.18 8 Ex. I (sec 2) (pgs 58 & 59) .................................................................. 2.13 Ex. I (sec 3) (pg 9 59) ............................................................................ 1.21 10 Ex. I (secs 4 & 5)) (pg 60) .................................................................. l. l 7 Ex. J (sec 1) (pg ad La 14 he 13 61)............................................................................ 3.04 Ex. J (sec 2)(pgs 61 & 62)................................................................. l .Ol Ex. J (sec 3) (pg 63) ............................................................................ I .59 Ex. J (sec 4) (pg 63) ............................................................................ 0.26 Unit 1, Lesson 5 Ex. A (pg 64).......................................................................................0.35 Ex. B (pg 65) ....................................................................................... 2.23 Ex. B Review Ex. (pg 66)................................................................... 0.27 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 67 & ke 12 U 11 15 16 17 18 68)........................................................ l. l 8 19 Ex. D (pg L 20 69)....................................................................................... l.17 Ex. D Review Ex. (sec 1) (pg �0 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 70)................................................... .... 0.43 Review Ex. (sec 2) (pgs 70 & 21 71)............................................ 0.25 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 72 & 22 73).................................................... 2.24 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 23 74)......................... ...................................... l . 10 Ex. G (secs 1, 2, & 3) (pgs 75 & 24 76)................. ................................. l.01 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 77 & 25 78).......................................................0.38 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 26 79)..................................................................... .......4.14 Ex. I (sec 2) (pg 27 80).................. ..........................................................4.26 Unit 1, Lesson 6 Unit Review (pgs 81 thru 91) Animate Nouns (pg 92).......................6.35 28 Unit Review... Inanimate Nouns (pg 29 92)............................................ 1.12 Unit Review... Animate Intransitive Verbs (pg 30 92)............................3.32 Unit Review... Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (pg 31 93).......................... 1.58 Unit Review... Transitive Animate Verbs (pg 32 93)................. .............0.13 Unit Review...Transitive Inanimate Verbs (pg 33 93).............................0.11 Unit Review...Particles (pg 34 93)................. ..........................................0. l 7 Unit Review... Expressions (pg 35 93)................................................... .4.08 he Con't Title ke Irk ad Page 1 La Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. A (secs 1 & 2) (pg 129).................................................... ............ 3.49 36 Ex. A (secs 3 & 4) (pg 37 129).................. .................................. ............3.06 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2) (pg 38 130)................. ................. .................. ............3.20 Page2 0 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD #4 n (Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. C to Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F) io Time Unit 2, Lesson 1, Ex. C (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 131)............................................................3.03 2 Ex. D (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pg 132)............................................................2.57 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 &3) (pgs 133 & 3 134)................................................. 2.28 4 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 135).............................................................2.55 5 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 136)............................................................3.00 6 Ex. H (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pgs 137 & 138)...............................................6.27 7 Ex. I (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 139 & 140).................................................7.1 l 8 Ex. J (sec 1) (pgs 141 & 142).............................................................0.37 Ex. J (sec 2) (pg 9 143)..........................................................................0.31 10 Unit 2, Lesson 2, Ex. A (pgs 144 & 145) .......................................................................4.58 11 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 146).........................................................................3.09 12 Ex. B (secs 2 & 3)(PG 147)............................................................... 0.21 13 Ex. B (sec 4) (pg 147)......................................................................... l.39 14 Ex. C (pgs 148 & 149)........................................................................7.54 15 Ex. D (secs 1, 2 & 3)(pg 150) ............................................................3.08 16 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 151 & 152)................................................ 4.53 17 Ex. F (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 153).............................................................2.34 18 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 154)............................................................ 2.26 19 Ex. H (secs 1, 2 &3) (pg 155) ............................................................. 2.10 sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 1 L �20 Ex. I (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 156) .............................................................. 3.37 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 &3)) (pgs 157, 158 & 159)........................................ l .23 22 Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. A (pg 160).................................................................................... 2.22 23 Ex. B (sec 1) (pg 161)......................................................................... l.27 24 Ex. B (sec 2) (pg 161)......................................................................... l.44 25 Ex. C (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 162 & 163)................................................ 0.49 26 Ex. D ( sec I & 2) (pgs 164 & 165)....................................................0.56 27 Ex. E (secs I & 2) (pg 166)................................................................ 0.46 28 Ex. F (sec 1) (pg 167)......................................................................... 4.15 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 21 0 �r Intermediate Ojibwe CD #5 io n (Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F to Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. E) at Time sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc l Unit 2, Lesson 3, Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 168)......................................................................... 0.16 2 Ex. F (secs 3 & 4)) (pg 169)................................................................ 0.28 3 Ex. G (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 170 & 171)...............................................6.09 4 Ex. H (sec 1) (pg l 72).........................................................................6.00 5 Ex. H (secs 2 & 3) (pgs 173 & 174)................................................... 1.16 6 Ex. I (sec l)(pg 175)..........................................................................3.10 7 Ex. I (sec 2) (pg 175)..........................................................................0.07 8 Ex. I (secs 3 & 4) (pg 176)................................................................. 2.10 9 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 177, 178 & 179)........................................ l.20 10 Unit 2, Lesson 4, Ex. A (sec 1) (pg 180)........................................................................ 2.08 11 Ex. A (sec 2} (pg 180)......................................................................... 1.41 12 Ex. A (secs 3 & 4) (pgs 180 & 181)................................................... 0.20 13 Ex. B (secs 1 & 2} (pg 182)................................................................ 0.54 14 Ex. C (secs 1 & 2) (pg 183)................................................................ l.31 15 Ex. D (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 184 & 185)................................................... 3.51 16 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pgs 186 & 187)................................................ 5.42 17 Ex. F (sec l )(pg 188).......................................................................... l.43 18 Ex. F (sec 2) (pg 188).......................................................................... l.31 �25 26 27 28 29 n io at 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 30 uc 24 Ed 23 of 22 ty 21 0 cu l 20 Ex. F (secs 3 & 4) (pgs 188 & 189)....................................................0.24 Ex. G (secs I & 2) (pg l 90)................................................................ 0.49 Ex. H (secs 1 & 2) (pg l 91)................................................................ l .48 Ex. I (secs l & 2) (pgs 192 & l 93).....................................................3.43 Ex. J ( secs 1 & 2) (pgs 194 & 195) ....................................................6.23 Ex. K (secs 1 & 2) (pgs 196 & l 97)...................................................2.33 Unit2, Lesson 5, Ex. A (pg 198)..................................................................................... 2.32 Ex. B (pg l 99)..................................................................................... 4.20 Ex. C (pg 200)..................................................................................... 4.09 Ex. D (sec 1 & 2) (pg 201).................................................................. 2.14 Ex. E (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 202)............................................................ 3. l 7 Ex. E (sec 4) (pg 203)......................................................................... 1.23 Fa 19 0 �Intermediate Ojibwe CD #6 Title io Trk n (Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. F to Closing) at Time Unit 2, Lesson 5, Ex. F (pg 204)..................................................................................... 2.27 Ex. G (pg 205)......................................................................................3.30 3 Ex. H (pg 206)..................................................................................... 3.27 4 Ex. I (secs l, 2 & 3)(pg 207)............................................................... 2. l 9 5 Ex. J (secs 1, 2 & 3) (pg 208)............................................................... 3.06 6 Ex. J (sec 4) (PG 209)..........................................................................2.27 7 Ex. K (Review Test) (secs, 2, 3 & 4) (pgs 210,211.212, & 213 ........ 0.53 8 Unit 2, Lesson 6, Review Test (pgs 214 to 225).............................................................. 0.41 9 Review Section... Animate Nouns ...(pg 226) .................................................................... 0.37 10 Inanimate Nouns ...(pg 226)..................................................................2.20 11 Animate Intransitive Verbs ...(pg 226) .................................................. 1.17 12 Inanimate Intransitive Verbs ...(pg 226) ................................................2.00 13 Transitive Animate Verbs ...(pg 227).................................................... l.13 14 Transitive Inanimate Verbs ...(pg 227) .................................................. 1.01 15 Particles ...(pg 227) ................................................................................ 0.35 16 Preverbs...(pg sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 2 17 18 19 227) ...............................................................................0. l 0 Prefix...(pg 227) ...................................................................................0.05 Expressions ...(pg 227) .......................................................................... 1.00 Intermediate Oj ibwe Close................................................................... 1.00 �Course Description Welcome, this is the continuation of the journey in Severn Ojibwe which will introduce students to the language and culture of the native people of Northwestern Ontario. Students will continue learning basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Severn Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Severn Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture, which are vital when working 0 _Lw 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n with native people. Hv\\..\Jl-- La "VJJJ ~ ~ f), \, \;"' ~\ LET'S CONTINUE OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCOVER MORE SEVERN OJIBWE l 0 �ad he ke La L y sit er ni v U ( ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. 0 io n It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. at What is in this subject? uc There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. of Ed In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Severn Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Ojibwe and will learn through conversation both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversation in Severn Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Intermediate Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: OJ 2001 Subject Description: uc at io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilities. Ed Objectives: cu l ty of - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe language in culturally appropriate contexts. What is this subject about? sit U What is dialect? ni v er ( y Fa This is an intermediate Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak Native language. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Learning a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditions, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. he ad Generally speaking, dialect means the difference in how words are formed and said. La ke Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there are differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems... that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speakers of a different dialect are saying. Sometimes confusion does occur. L But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q n Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. Two Three Water Peshik niishin nihsin Northwestern Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso Lake Helen bejik nijin Longlac bezhik niinzhin Manitoulin Island bezhik Spanish River bejik kiiziis nibi gissis niswi nisib kiiziis sweh nipi keesiim neesh niswei nebi gissis bashique neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi ty kiiziis sit of nibi piihsim cu l niswe er y niish bashig 0 geezis U Cape Croker nipi nibi ni v Walpole Island uc Big Trout Lake Ed Severn Southern Ontario Sun at One io OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH Fa AREA COMMUNITY he ad Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementazy Comparative Study of Morpholo~ical and Phonolo~ical Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Ojibwe, R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. ke Where should the learning begin? La There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communities takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communities to keep alive the Native culture. Although people in their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. iv 0 �Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise io n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may at find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the uc topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System ty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of cu l the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consist- Fa ent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough y irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the sit ( ni v represent that sound. er same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. ad Vowels he There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels ke and short vowels. Long vowels talce longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. - L V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the 0 following paragraphs. SHORT ii i 00 0 aa a at io n LONG Ed uc e You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels has a corresponding short vowel, and ty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, has no corresponding short cu l vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. y In the sets of example words given in this section we have for the most part used words that are sit taken from Introductory Ojibwe and Intermediate Ojibwe. Particularly at first you will not be Q er familiar with many (or any) of them. You may find it helpful to get your instructor or another fluent ni v speaker of Severn Ojibwe to pronounce them for you. Do not worry if you are not familiar with U them yet. ad You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. he But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn ke Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be La pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language has its own rules for how letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also given. 0 vi �Ojibwe word iitok 'supposedly' niin 'I, me' anohkii 'he/she is working' Approximate English Equivalent seat 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' note, toot aa aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehkaac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed of Ed uc at io n Vowel ii onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' a ahki 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' Fa 0 Approximate English Equivalent sit sit y Ojibwe word ihkwe 'woman' nihka 'Canada goose' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' put ni v er ( Vowel cu l ty Now here are some examples of words that contain short vowels. he ad U but ke Consonants La There are more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- lish, while others are quite different. Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y and h. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position in a word: beginning, middle, and end. L vii �Phonetic Ojibwe examples mahkisin 'shoe' m ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' English equivalent man name w waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' win io naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' Ed uc at n n 0 of The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' Fa cu l ty English equivalent yes The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word sit y if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced 0 ni v er and spelled homaa. Phonetic Ojibwe examples ohowe 'this' English equivalent him ad U h he The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their ke weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at La the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation · depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may find that there is a minor amount viii Q �of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. { Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En- n glish equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel uc at io (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge' nipi 'water' ahsap 'net' English equivalent pit, bit t tepwe 'really' acitamoo 'squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time, dime C ciimaan 'canoe' kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other' s saakahikan 'lake' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' Fa cu l ty of Ed Sound p er sit y ( chip.judge U ni v keep, game he ad sit, zip La ke sh shiihshiip 'duck' peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' ship, measure In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The h is quite clearly pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the C middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. ix �Sounds hp Ojibwe examples ahpii 'when' nipaahp 'I laugh' ht ehta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' atihk 'caribou' hs ahsin 'stone' wiiyaahs 'meat' hsh Anihshinini 'person, Indian' tahsh 'but, and' ty of Ed uc at io n 0 cu l A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, Fa but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples miskwi 'blood' shp ishpimink 'above' sht nishtikwaan 'my head' shk weshkac 'long ago' kiiyaashk 'seagull' 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Sounds sk ke Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These La are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. SPELLING NOTES 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak consonants. However, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn X Q �Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearskin Lake, Muskrat Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapekeka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: n Kingfisher Lake; Wunnumin Lake, Kasabonika Lake io (C) Sandy Lake: Ed uc at Sandy Lake, Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. However, in West Severn communities of the sounds n and m are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words Ojibwe examples ompiki 'he/she grows up' nt piintike 'he/she comes inside' nc oncii 'he/she is from there' pehshonc 'near, close' nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihsens 'my older sister' Fa y sit er ni v U akaahshenshi 'he/she is small' kinwensh 'a long time' La ke he nsh cu l Sounds mp ad ( ty in the table below the n and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' THE FOLLOWING IS VERY IMPORTANT: In these books these 'silent' letters are written in all words in which they are pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake. So, if your instructor is from a West Severn community you will find that there are words in which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefully to your instructor or to a L fluent speaker to determine if they pronounce n or m in words of this type. Writing these words with xi �n and mallows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. 1.1 There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They 0 are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in io n the appropriate section of the textbooks. at 1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually Ed Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle' ty of Ordinary Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' uc ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. cu l 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. If the verb ends in n or rn then Fa that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. 0 er sit y Negative Verb kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' kaawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' ni v Ordinary Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you' 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that ad U sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' La ke he Ordinary Verb pipoon 'it is winter' waapan 'it is dawn' There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical ending such ask 'third-person inanimate' is added. No ending ihkin 'it happens' Ending k ihkihk '(that) it happens' A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end in n will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. Xll 0 �You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb rriinwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'he/she thinks' io n Verb with Suffix minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) he/she thinks' cu l ty of Ojibwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' Fa Sounds nt Ed consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. uc at 1.5 There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounced before weak As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these Ojibwe examples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' er Sounds nt sit y words then before the tis always pronounced. ni v ( U 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' ad In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short i he when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a ke Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this La variation, but some do. Sounds L t Ojibwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' s pimipiso 'he/she is driving by' n minohpikwan 'it tastes good' To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. XIU �3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounced even though it is included in the written form of the word. This is particu- 0 larly common in the middle of a word, but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at n the end of a word. io If you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second uc at syllable is not pronounced. pimipiso 'he/she drives' Ed Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be of pronounced. ty Anihshinini 'ln~ian, person' cu l In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always Fa pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in sit y Severn Ojibwe. 0 er You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syl- letter included just the same. ni v lable of English 'suppose' is not pronounced, but English speakers write the word with the vowel U 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ad Sometimes the letter i sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as he someone says the following word. You may hear an o between them and thew, rather than an i. ke kimiwan 'it is raining' La Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. tehsapiwin 'chair' This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips in a rounded position, as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position, appears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. xiv 0 �SYLLABICS CHARI (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS WO ·V •/l. ·I> V pe A pi > po u n ) te ti to ct ke p ki 'l ce ci I>· Ed of .J mi mo L ma a- .D Q. ni no na \.i r' ,J se si so sa 'L she I ~ C, shi sho sha r" yi ~ 'r ya y ni v U ad he ke ty cu l r Fa ca ne ~ ye yo X for christ ~ forR • for end of sentence L xv < , C '\ b C L , Q. ta co ""O La C ~ me • pa J r • < ka 1 EXTRA SIGNS: <I· wa ·<I d ko sit ( ll.· wi er EAST we n V• 0 BASI io WEST <I a at e :WBSI I> /l. i uc V SHORT VOWELS b " 11 ~ ,. "' for H forL �0 SYLLABICS CHART (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS ii 00 aa WEST V· A· I>· <I· we Wll woo waa ·V ·A ·I> •<I V A pe pii > poo < paa u n c te tii ) too ct ~ ke kii 'l ~ ce cii y er .s, Q. nii noo naa b ad .; se sii soo saa 1, J' ~ c., she shii shoo shaa ~ ;.. ~ • ~ ye yii yoo yaa . X for Christ ~ forR • for end of sentence 0 L . ~ ke \ C r' XVI C ty Fa cu l . L ', La EXTRA SIGNS: , C maa . < caa he ne • kaa mil U ""0 j coo b j moo ni v l me • taa sit r . d koo er EAST n e io <I EA,ST at I> uc A Ed V of LONG VOWELS ~ESI .. . ., • II for H ~ forL 0 �Notes to instructors and students: Due to some late changes, the following page numbers that the tape refers to have changed. We apologize for any inconvenience. 1. Page 16, Unit 1, Lesson 2, Exercise D, Section 3 Page 83, Unit 1, Lesson 6, Useful Expressions io 2. n - given instructions on tape; Unit 1, Lesson 2. Change to Lesson 1. at - given instructions on tape; Review the words from (a-p) on page 16. Change to 4. - given instructions on tape; page 20. Change to page 27. Page 85, Lesson 4 Review Test: Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns. 5. - given instructions on tape; page 30. Change to page 38. Page 86, Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns. 6. - given instructions on tape; page 30. Change ot page 38. Page 87, Four Directions. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 3. page 20. Page 84, Lesson 3 Review Test: What Are They Doing? - given instructions on tape; page 34. Change to page 43. 8. - given instructions on tape; page 36. Change to page 45. Page 88, Days of the Week. sit y Page 87, Seasons. er ( 7. ni v - given instructions on tape; page 38. Change to page 47. Page 88, Months of the Year. 10. - given instructins on tape; page 40. Change to page 49. Page 90, Colours. U 9. he Page 91 Descriptions. - given instructions on tape; page 50. change to page 61. La ke 11. ad - given instructions on tape; page 47. Change to page 58. L x.vii �0 CONTENTS UNIT ONE io Ed uc at Match Up Pictures and Words ........................................................ 2 Pronunciation Practice ................................................................... 3 English Translation ........................................................................ 3 Animate or Inanimate .................................................................... 5 Using the Language ....................................................................... 6 Plural Forms ........................... :...................................................... 10 Review Spelling Test ..................................................................... 11 n What Are They? .......................................................................... 1 Lesson One: How Much Does It Cost? ............................................................ 12 Pronunciation Practice .... .. ... ....... ..... ...... ........ ...... ..... ..... ... ......... .... 13 English Translation ..... .... ..... ..... ....... ..... .... .... ...... ...... ........ ...... ....... 13 Dollars ............................................................................................ 17 Review Vocabulary ... .... ..... .... .. ... ... .. .... ........ .. ... ...... ... ..... ..... .... ... .. 19 Some Useful Expressions .............................................................. 20 Are You Buying Something? ........................................................ 23 Questions and Answers ................................................................. 26 Lesson Three: What Are They Doing? ................................... Pronunciation Practice................................................... . Singular Forms........................................................... . Mini-Dialogues........................................................... . Plural Forms.............................................................. . Paradigms ................................................................. . Review Test. .............................................................. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Lesson Two: Possessive Forms of Nouns .............................. ad Lesson Four: La ke he Four Directions............................................................ Seasons.................................................................... Days of the Week......................................................... Months of the Year....................................................... Independent and Conjunct Verbs....................................... Colours.................................................................... Descriptions............................................................... Lesson Five: 27 28 30 32 34 35 37 38 43 45 47 49 52 58 61 Review Kinds of Verbs .................................. 64 Obviation.................................................................. . More AI Verbs with Obviative Subject.. ............................... II Verbs with Obviative.................................................. . TA Verbs with Obviative............................................... .. TI Verbs with Obviative.................................................. Independent Verbs ....................................................... . 65 xviii 0 67 69 72 74 75 0 �77 79 Unit 1 Review Section: Twenty Four Items ............................. How Much Does It Cost?............................................... Useful Expressions...................................................... What Are They Doing?.................................................. Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns................................. Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns............................... Four Directions and Season............................................ Days of the Week and Months of the Year........................... Independent and Conjunct Verbs...................................... Colours................................................................... Descriptions.............................................................. 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Ed uc at io n Independent and Conjunct Verbs....................................... More Independent and Conjunct Verbs................................ of Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned............................. Fa cu l ty Translation Section Lessons 1-6............. .............. .......... ... ..... .......... ....... La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( L xix 92 94 �CONTENTS UNIT TWO io 130 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 141 n 0 Ed uc at More About Transitive Verbs .............................129 Third-Person Transitive Verbs.......................................... Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only.......... Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative............... Paradigms.................................................................. Working With the Language............................................. More Sentences........................................................... Dialogues.................................................................. More Dialogues........................................................... Review Transitive Verbs................................................. Lesson One: More About TA Verbs Subject and Object Combination 144 More Transitive Animate Combinations................................ Dialogues.................................................................. More Dialogues........................................................... Continuation of Dialogues............................................... More Sentences with Transitive Verbs................................. Continuation of Sentences.............................................. . More Sentences.......................................................... . Final Set of Sentences .................................................... Final Review Test for Lesson 2........................................ . sit y Fa cu l ty of Lesson Two: New AI Verbs............................................. Reading and Understanding............................................. Matching Pictures and Words........................................... Fill in the Missing Letters................................................ Singular Forms............................................................ Dialogues.................................................................. Plural Forms............................................................... Paradigms Singular and Plural.......................................... Review Test............................................................... ke he ad U ni v er Lesson Three: La Lesson Four: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs............................. Complete the Sentences................................................. . Working With the Language............................................. Questions and Answers ................................................. . Dialogues................................................................. . 10 More II Verbs.......................................................... Complete the Sentences................................................. . Working With the Language............................................. Questions and Answers ................................................. . Dialogues.................................................................. Final Review Test for Lesson 4 ......................................... xx 146 148 150 15 l 153 154 155 156 157 0 160 161 164 166 167 170 172 175 177 180 182 183 184 186 188 190 191 192 194 196 0 �n 199 200 201 202 204 205 206 207 208 210 of Ed uc Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 1 Review Test.................................................. Lesson 3 Review Test.................................................. Lesson 4 Review TEst...... .. ... ... ... .......... ... .... ..... ... .... .... Lesson 5 Review Test.................................................. 198 io Introduction to Body~Parts ............................... Possessive Forms of Body-Part Nouns............................... . Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns ................................ ... Questions and Answers ................................................. . More Questions and Answers ......................................... .. More Body-Parts ................................................... ...... . Possession in Paradigm Fonns........................................ . Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns ................................. .. Questions and Answers................................................ .. More Questions and Answers .......................................... . Review Test.............................................................. . at Lesson Five: Fa cu l ty Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned ............................. Translation Section.............................................................................. Guide to the Glossaries......................................................................................... Anihshininimowin - English.................................................................. English - Anihshininimowin.......... ......... .............. ...... ............... ...... ...... La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C L x.xi 214 217 220 222 226 228 271 282 325 �ad he ke La L ty cu l Fa C y sit er ni v U of at uc Ed n io Part One Nantawencike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A 3 2 4 Ed uc at 1 n d three or four times. Listen careful ly as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeate Transla tions are on page 94. io - What are They? 8 Fa cu l ~ '\ \ 12 10 sit 9 y I ty of 7 15 14 ke he A ad U ni v er -=~ La 17 ~ 18 ~)',~ •£J 21 ( -;:_, ~2 23 I -- 16 �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io C 0 -, �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Match Up Pictures and Words Exercise B Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of the word. Using a pencil, match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Answers are on page 94. ahcikanaahtik D D shooniyaawash D piinahikan D ( cu l D Fa memenkwe sit D 21 ad U wiikwaahs D he pakiciiwin ke <&fft1 La nameO atihkamek maank 3 D 0 pinaahkwaan 0 cwaapiihsh er D ni v namekohs D maacishikan 0 y maacii-kitowinD D pakweshikan ty koohkoohkohoo D of masinaahtehsicikan Ed uc shooniyaan at io sakimeO n r In the previous page, you were introduced to 24 articles. In this exercise, there are 24 pictures. D miikihsikwaahson D tihtipwepishkikan D okaahs D kinepik D cahkaahtehsicikan L 2 D �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Pronunciation Practice Exercise C ng words and For review of the 24 items, listen carefully to your instructor saying the followi . imitate what you hear. You can also practice saying these words with your partner (6) (13) (14) (15) (16) maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaahtehsicikan maacishikan (7) (8) (14) (15) (16) ty cu l (10) (11) (12) (13) saki me koo hk oo hko boo mii ki si kwaa hson cwaa piihsh pa ki cii win ah ci ka naa htik a ti hka mek pi naa hkwaan Fa (6) (9) y (4) (5) maank wii kwaahs name name kohs pii na hi kan shoo ni yaan shoo ni yaa wash meme nkwe sit (l) (2) (3) of down Listen careful ly as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken one. each n betwee space into syllables. To help you identify the syllables we have placed a (17) ti hti pwc pi shki kan (18) o kaahs (19) kine pik (20) maa cii - ki to win (21) (22) (23) (24) ca hkaa hte hsi ci kan pa hkwe shi kan ma si naa hte hsi ci kan maa ci shi kan 0 English Tramlation er 2. (12) (19) kinepik (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) Ed (7) (8) (10) (11) (17) tihti pwepishkikan (18) okaahs sakime koohkoohkohoo miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaahtik atihkamek pinaahkwaan n (3) (4) (5) (9) io (2) maank wiikwa ahs name namek ohs piinahi kan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memen kwe at (I) 0 uc 1. ni v Exercise D loon he ad lesson. Assemble all the items (or pictures of the items) you see at the beginning of this Ojibwe translations are on page 94. birchbark butterfly sturgeon lake trout purse money owl beaded article comb flour bicycle televison jackfis h pickerel airport table mosquito whitefish snake telephone camera ke wallet La 1. U Here are two listening exercises to work on: scissors 0 3 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Reading and Writing: Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 94. pinaahkwaan maacishikan 1. 7. 13. 19. 2. 8.- - 14. 3. 9._ _ 4. 10.- 11._ _ 15. 16._ _ 20.- 21. 17. 12._ _ 1s._·_ -- -- n cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maacii-kitowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtehsicikan okaahs io memenkwe (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) at (k) (q) ()) pak.iciiwin (m) wiikwaahs (n) masinaahtehsicikan (o) piinahikan (p) miikihsikwaahson kinepik maank 22. -- 23. 24._ _ Fa 5. 6. Just a reminder, as you already learned from the previous text, there are two different words used when asking for an article to be brought or passed to you. The Native language has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called animate. In this gender are found all things that are recognized as living. The other gender is called inanimate and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. ni v er sit y ( sak.ime pahkweshikan uc (h) (i) (j) Ed (g) ahcikanaahtik narnekohs shooniyaan atihkamek of (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) ty 2. cu l r La ke he ad U As a hint, remember that usually anything that is living will be classified as animate. Most things that are not living will be classified as inanimate. However, things that are not living can be classified as animate and these are the ones for which you will have to memorize the gender. L 4 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT I; LESSON 1 "Animate or Inanimate" Exercise E Q . Each picture is either an In this exercise, listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words mate" underneath the animate noun (na) or an inanimate noun (ni). Write "animate" or "inani pictures listed below. Answers are on page 94. ~ <1 '2§ ~~ 8 cu l ty of Ed ~1 uc ~ at io n 1 4 3 2 12 Fa 9 ni v er sit y 0 La ke he ad U 15 17- 18 23 21 5 24 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F Using the Language You now know the names of 24 items introduced to you. The secret to learning the language well will be to USE what you learn whenever you get the chance. n In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions using either transitive animate verbs (VTA) and transitive inanimate verbs (VTI). Individual items in picture form will be provided by the instructor for this exercise. Here are some verbs listed below. For now, you will use the transitive verbs that you already know from previous lessons. Ed uc at io Remember that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject and object, and that the object is animate. In the examples in the first column below the subject is first person singular ('I') and the object is third person singular animate {'him' or 'her'). You will notice that each word begins with the prefix ni, which indicates that the subject is first person. Similarly, in the examples in the second column below there is a prefix ki. The subject is second person singular ('you') and the object is third person singular animate ('him' or 'her'). Translations are on page 95. (second person subject) kiwaapamaa kitamwaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiminohpwaa kinihsaa kinantawenimaa kikanawenimaa kikiishiswaa kipiinahwaa kisaakihaa kimaamitonenimaa ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty (first person subject) niwaapamaa nitamwaa ninanaantawaapamaa niminohpwaa ninihsaa ninantawenimaa nikanawenimaa nikiishiswaa nipiinahwaa nisaakihaa nimaamitonenimaa U ( of VTA ad You can ask and answer questions using these verb forms and the animate nouns you learned in this lesson. he Here is a typical question: ke Kiwaapamaa na maank? La Here is a positive answer: Ehe niwaapamaa maank. Here is a negative answer: Kaawin, kaawin niwaapamaahsiin maank. Don't forget that in this type of question the question marker na or Ina comes after the first word in the sentence. L 6 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 io (second person subject) kiwaapantaan kimiicin kinanaantawaapantaan kiminohpitaan kinipahtoon kinantawentaan kikanawentaan kikiishisaan kipiinahaan kisaakitoon kimaamitonentaan cu l ty of Ed uc (first person subject) niwaapantaan nimiicin ninanaantawaapantaan niminohpitaan ninipahtoon ninantawentaan nikanawentaan nikiishisaan nipiinahaan nisaakitoon nimaamitonentaan at VTI 0 n grammatical subject and object, Now, remem ber that Transitive Inanimate verbs are ones that have a the subject is first person and that the object is inanimate. In the examples in the first column below You will notice that each word singular ('I') and the object is third person singular inanimate ('it'). . Similarly, in the examples begins with the prefix ni, which indicates that the subject is first person person singular ('you' ) and the in the second colum n below ther is a prifix ki. The subject is second 95. object is third person singular inanimate ('it'). Translations are on page y 0 ni v er sit Here is a typical question: .Kiwaapantaan ina pakiciiwin? Here is a positive answer: Ehe niwaapantaan pakiciiwin. Fa ate nouns you learne d in You can ask and answe r questions using these verb forms and the inanim this lesson. U Here is a negative answer: Kaawin niwaapantansiin pakiciiwin. the first word in he ad comes after Don't forget that in this type of question the question marke r na or ina the sentence. La ke ulary items you have learned Now, working with a partner ask and answer questions about the vocab in this lesson. Try giving both positive and negative answers. 0 7 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise G In this exercise you will need to refer to the 24 numbered pictures listed below. For each picture write the sentence that means "I see"_ _ _ _ _ " and write the GENDER of the noun on the same line. The first and last responses have been done for you. Answers are on page 96. ~ n . io , 4 8 ty of Ed uc 3 at ~~ 15 12 ~ 16 cu l ~=========:::: y sit er 23 ni v 21 ~- Fa 18 17 ( U Gender 1. Niwaaoamaa maank ad 2. 5. La 6. ke 4. he 3. L na 24 Gender 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 7. 19. 8. 20. 9. 10. 21. 22. 11. 23. 12. 24. Niwaapantaan maacishikan 8 ni �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise H For this exercise, you need to refer to the pictures on page I or 8. The names of each of the items is given below in random order with some letters missing. See if you can match up each picture with the appropria te word on the list by writing the picture's number in the small box to the right of the word. See also if you can fil1 in the missing letters. Answers are on page 96. a_ _ _k_ _ _k D D _ _ _ _p_ _ _sh s_ _ _n_y_ _w _ _ _ sit ni v er D D U p_ _k_ _ _h_ _ _n he ad D D m _ k c k n D o -k _ _ w_ _ _ k 0 o --- □ ck_ts_k_0 o_ _ _ _s D La ke p_ _ _c_ _w_ _ io Fa t_ _t_p_ _p_ _ _k_ _ _ _ D D D cu l D m_ _c_ _ _ _k_ _ o y p _ _ _ _hk_ _ _n m_ _ _ _k_ _ _ _ _ _n w _s k m n_ _ _ s_ _ _m_ D p _ _n_ _ _k_ _ D at D _ _s_ _ _k t _ _n__ m uc sh_ _n_y_ _ _ D w_ _k_ _ _ _s D n_ _ _k_ _s k_ _ _p _ _ D _ t Ed n_ _ of _ _k ty a Q 0 9 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Plural Forms Exercise I Look back to the pictures at the beginning of this lesson and listen while your instructor gives the PLURAL FORMS of these nouns. You will notice that there are five kinds of endings that form the plural? For each word, write the gender of the noun and list the appropriate form of the plural ending. The first two responses have been done for you. Answers are on page 96. ahcikanaahtik na namekohs oon ak masinaahtehsicikan piinahikan atihkamek miikihsikwaahson kinepik cwaapiihsh of Ed uc shooniyaan name ty oinaahkwaan cu l tihtioweoishk.ikan maacishikan shooniyaawash Fa sakime y oahkweshikan sit memenkwe maacii-kitowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtehsicikan okaahs ni v er pakiciiwin 2. Plural wiikwaahs maank C Noun io ni Gender n Plural Gender Noun at l. Review the plural endings. ad U The ending k, ak, wak are heard on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nouns. he The ending an, oon are heard on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nouns. ke The plural endings of animate nouns are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and _ _ _ __ La The plural endings of inanimate nouns are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J 0 Review Spelling Test Gender 4. 16. 5. 17. 6. 18. 7. 19. at 15. uc 3. Ed 14. of 2. ty 13. Fa cu l I. io Nouns Gender Nouns n Your instructor will say the twenty-four items from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as your instructor says each word. Then write the word and gender of the item beside the numbered space provided for you below. Corrections will be done by the instructor. 20. 8. 21. 0 sit y 9. 22. er 10. ni v 11. 24. La ke he ad U 12. 23. 0 J1 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A How Much Does It Cost? Listen carefully as the instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations are on page 97. 8 I. n 3. io 8 50 cents 25cents 5. $1.00 of $2.00 sit y $5.00 Fa cu l ty 7. ( 9. La ke he ad U ni v er 8. Ed uc at 4. $20.00 12 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Pronunciation Practice Exercise B Your instructor will say each of the number words pictured on the previous page one more time. The written form of each one is given below. Follow along with the written form as your instructor says each word. Translations are on page 97. 6. peshikwaa pihk 7. niishwaapi hk 8. niyaananw aapihk 1. peshik piiwaapihk ohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihk ohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihk ohsh 4. peshishoon iyaahsh 5. aapihtawaa pihk n 9. mitaahswa apihk at 10. niishitana tahswaapih k uc Listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify them and assist with proper pronouncia tion, we have placed a space between each one. Ed 2. Q io 1. 6. pe shi kwaa pihk 7. nii shwaa pihk 3. mi taah so pii waa pi hkohsh 4. pe shi shoo ni yaahsh 8. ni yaa na nwaa pihk 9. mi taa hswaa pihk cu l ty of l . pe shik pii waa pi hkohsh 2. ni yaa nan pii waa pi hkohsh 10. nii shi ta na ta hswaa pihk Fa 5. aa pi hta waa pihk 0 English Translation sit y Exercise C In the spaces below, write the Ojibwe words which correspond s to the English amounts. ni v I. er Here are two reading, listening and writing exercises to work on. Translation s are on page 97. he ad U 1. one cent _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 6. 7. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2. five cents._ _ 3. ten cents_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 8. 4. quarter_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 9. 10. 5. half-dollar_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ twenty dollars _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke Here is a list of the ten new words you have learned. Use the numbered pictures at the beginning of this lesson to match up numbers and letters in the spaces provided for you below. La 2. ---- ---- ---- five dollars ---------_ _ __ ____ ____ ten dollars _ one dollar two dollars _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) niyaanan piiwaapihk ohsh (g) mitaahso piiwaapihk ohsh (h) peshikwaa pihk (i) peshishoon iyaahsh (j) mitaahswa apihk aapihtawaa pihk niishwaapi hk niishitana tahswaapih k niyaananw aapihk peshik piiwaapihk ohsh 1._ _ 2._ _ 3._ __ 4._ _ 5. _ _ 6._ _ 7._ _ 8._ __ 9._ _ 10._ _ 13 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise D l. In this exercise we will learn to ask questions about how much something costs. The question will be slightly different depending on the GENDER of the item you are asking about. For example, if we are asking about the cost of something inanimate, such as pinaahkwaan, the question will be the following: Translations are on page 97. n Aan enakitek? at io The answer might be: uc Peshikwaapihk inakite. Ed If we are asking about the cost of something animate, such as atihkamek, the question will be the following: of Aan enakisoc? or cu l ty Aan enakisot? Fa y er ni v Aan enakisoc(t)? sit So, the two variants of the question given just above can be written as: U You can follow the pronunciation of your instructor. The answer to this question might be: ad Peshikwaapihk inakiso. ke he You can see that there is a difference in the word used in making the question depending upon whether the item you are talking about is animate or inanimate. The answer will also differ. La C Notice that there are two ways of saying the last sound of the second word, either c or t. This is an important grammatical ending which will be discussed later on in the book. For convenience we will write it as c(t) to indicate the two possible pronunciations. 14 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Using each of the number words you have learned in this lesson, write answers in the spaces below to each question. Use the pictures on page 1 of Lesson 1, Exercise A to find the animate and inanimate nouns. Check your answers with your instructor. (a) (a) Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? inakite. (b) Aan enakitek? at Aan enakisoc(t)? io n inakiso. (b) inakite. (c) Aan enakitek? Ed Aan enakisoc(t)? (d) Aan enakisoc(t)? inakiso. (f) er (g) ni v Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? inakite. (j) (h) ad U Aan enakisoc(t)? he Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. (i) Aan enakisoc(t)? ke (i) 0 inakite. inakiso. (h) inakite. Aan enakitek? inakiso. (g) inakite. Aan enakitek? y Aan enakisoc(t)? sit (f) cu l (e) Aan enakisoc(t)? Fa (e) Aan enakitek? ty inakiso. inakite. of inakiso. (d) uc inakiso. (c) 0 Inanimate Animate Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. (j) Aan enakisoc(t)? La 2. Aan enakitek? inakite. inakiso. 0 15 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Here are pictures of some of the items you have learned in Unit 1; Lesson 1. Working with a partner, ask him or her the price of one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate form of the question. He or she can then answer with a sentence containing an appropriate number word. Try different pictures and take turns asking and answering questions. This section will be done by the instructor. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( !6 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Dollars Exercise E some more words Before we continue on asking about how much things cost, it is helpful to learn to twenty dollars. do1Iar for amounts in dollars. Let's begin with words for the amounts from one Q Listening and Understanding: n Listen carefully as your instructor reads the following words. at niishwaapihk nihswaapihk io one dollar two dollars peshikwaapihk niiwaapihk niyaananwaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk uc three dollars four dollars Ed five dollars eight dollars nine dollars saankahswaapihk mitaahswaapihk Fa ten dollars ty niishwaahswaapihk ayinaanewaapihk of six dollars seven dollars cu l I. eleven dollars peshikoshaap tahswaapihk niishoshaap tahswaapihk nihsoshaap tahswaapihk 0 sit y twelve dollars thirteen dollars er fourteen dollars fifteen dollars sixteen dollars seventeen dollars U ni v niiwishaap tahswaapihk niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk eighteen dollars nineteen dollars niishitana tahswaapihk twenty dollars Here are some words for dollar bills: La 2. ke he ad niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk ayinaanewishaap tahswaapihk saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk peshikoopiihikan niishoopiihikan niyaananoopiihikan mitaahsoopiihikan niishitanawepiihikan one dollar bill two dollar bill five dollar bill ten dollar bill twenty dollar bill 0 17 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 3. In this exercise, the words are listed below in English. You will be expected to study the meaning of them. Then write the word in Ojibwe in the corresponding space provided for you. The numbers are in order. This time we will use the phrase Aani minikohk? which means "How much?". Translations are on page 98. Understanding and Writing Practice: ··- n Aani minikohk? one dollar io two dollars at three dollars uc four dollars five dollars Ed six dollars seven dollars of eight dollars ty nine dollars cu l ten dollars eleven dollars thirteen dollars sit y fourteen dollars fifteen dollars er sixteen dollars ni v seventeen dollars eighteen dollars ad ke Exercise F he twenty dollars U nineteen dollars You have just completed exercise E. In this exercise, get someone to work with you for speaking practice using the same exercise. Repeat several times by taking turns asking questions and answers. Pay particular attention to pronunciation. Translations are on page 98. La ( Fa twelve dollars For example: Aani minikohk? peshikwaapihk. Do this exercise with the words for amounts from one to twenty dollars. 18 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise G Review Vocabulary Here is the list of thirty words you have learned in this lesson. Match up the Ojibwe words with the appropriate English translation by writing each number in the correct box. Answers are on page 98. 4) peshikos haap tahswaap ihk 5) peshisho oniyaahs h 6) niyaanan waapihk 7) ayinaane wishaap tahswaapihk 8) niyaanan piiwaapih kohsh 9) niishwaa pihk 10) nishosha ap tahswaap ihk 11) niyaanan oopiihika n 12) niishwaa hswaapih k 13) mitaahso opiihikan 14) saankahs waapihk 15) niishitan a tahswaap ihk 16) niishitan awepiihik an 17) niishwaa hsoshaap tahswaap ihk 18) nihswaap ihk 19) saankahs oshaap tahswaap ihk 20) niishoop iihikan 21) niyaanan oshaap tahswaap ihk 22) peshikwa apihk 23) ninkotwa ahswaapi hk thirteen dollars n mitaahsw aapihk five dollar bill io 3) two dollars seven dollars at niiwaapi hk five cents ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad he ke La 24) niishosha ap tahswaap ihk 25) ayinaane waapihk 26) peshikoo piihikan 27) ninkotaa hsoshaap tahsiwaa pikh 28) niiwishaa p tahswaap ihk 29) mitaahso piiwaapi hkohsh 30) peshik piiwaapi hkohsh ten dollar bill uc 2) □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ D □ □ □ □ □ □ D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nine dollars Ed aapihtaw aapihk of 1) 0 19 twenty dollars eighteen dollars five dollars quarter eleven dollars ten dollars four dollars half-doll ar 0 one dollar fifteen dollars two dollar bill six dollars three dollars seventee n dollars twenty dollar bill one cent ten cents fourteen doJiars sixteen dollars one dollar bill eight dollars twelve dollars nineteen dollars 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Some Useful Expressions: uc at io n How much are you charging for it? (animate) How much are you charging for it? (inanimate) I'm charging $5.00 for it. (inanimate) I'm charging $5.00 for it. (animate) How much is he charging for it? (inanimate) How much is he charging for it? (animate) He charges $5.00 for it. (inanimate) He charges $5.00 for it. (animate) What are you buying? What do you want to buy? What is he buying? What does he want to buy? What are you selling? What do you want to sell? What is he selling? What does he want to sell? Ed Aan enakimac(t)? Aan enak.itaman? (c) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. (d) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa. Aan enak.itank? (e) Aan enakimaac(t)? (f) (g) Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. (h) Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. Kekonen ataaweyan? (i) Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? U) (k) Kekonenini ataawec(t)? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? (1) (m) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? (n) Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? (o) Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? (p) Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? (a) (b) of Exercise H Aan enakitaman? y How much are you charging for it (inanimate)? sit ( Fa cu l ty Besides asking how much something costs, as we did before, it is also possible to ask what price someone is charging for something. The verbs that are used to ask and answer these questions are transitive. There is a grammatical subject and a grammatical object. The grammatical object is the item whose price you are asking about. If you are asking about how much is being charged for something inanimate, the question will be like this: ni v er In this question the subject is second-person singular ('you') and the object is third-person inanimate singular ('it'). The answer could be any amount of money. A typical answer might be as follows: I'm charging $5.00 for it (inanimate). U Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. ad In this answer the subject is first-person singular ('I') and the object is third-person inanimate singular ('it'). For both the question and answer above the verb is Transitive Inanimate. La ke he If you are asking about how much is being charged for something animate, the question will be like this: Aan enakimac(t)? How much are you charging for it (animate)? In this question the subject is second-person singular ('you') and the object is third-person animate singular ('him', 'her', 'something animate'). Again, the answer could be any amount. A typical answer might be as follows: Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa. I'm charging $5.00 for it (animate). In this answer the subject is first-person singular ('I') and the object is third-person animate ~ singular ('him', 'her', 'something animate'). 20 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSO N 2 For this exercise use the set of pictures in Exercise D3. Working with a partner, ask him or her how much they are charging for one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate folJ11 of the question. Your partner can then answer by telling you how much they are charging for it. Ask questions about various pictures and then change places with your partner. Q Now look at the following question: How much is he charging for it (inanimate)? Aan enakitank? io n e In this question the subject is third-person ('he' or 'she') while the object is third-person inanimat ('it'). An answer to this question might be: at He's charging $5.00 for it (inanimate). uc Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. Ed The subject and object are the same as for the corresponding question. Now look at the following question: How much is he charging for it (animate)? of Aan enakimaac(t)? cu l ty An answer to this question might be: He's charging $5.00 for it (animate). Fa Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. Q ni v er sit y For this exercise use the same set of pictures that you just used. Working with a partner, ask him or her how much someone is charging for one of the items by pointing to a picture and using the appropriate form of the question, "How much is he charging for it?" Your partner can then answer by telling you how much that person is charging for it. Ask questions about various pictures and then change places with your partner. U After you've asked about the price of things, you may want to buy something! Here is how you would ask someone what they are buying: ad Kekonen ataaweyan? What are you buying? ke he Here, the basic verb is ataawe, and yan is a second-person ending used in some types of questions . An answer to this question might be: La Name nitataawe. I'm buying a sturgeon. The prefix nit indicates a first-person subject ('I'). Similarly, you can ask someone what they want to buy: Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? What do you want to buy? In this type of question the prefix waa- means 'want to'. An answer to this question might be: Ahcikanaahtik niwii-ataawe. I want to buy a table. 21 Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 If you are talking about somebody you might ask the following question: Kekonenini ataawec(t)? What is he buying? Note that the question word kekonen 'what' has an 'extra' ending ini. This is an obviative suffix which is required because there is a third-person subject ('he') and a third-person inanimate object ('what'). You may wish to review some of the material in Introductory Ojibwe where the obviative was discussed. Now look at a possible answer for this question: Ahcikanaahtikoni ataawe. He's buying a table. io n r Ed uc at In this answer the inanimate noun ahcikanaahtik 'table' has an extra ending oni which indicates that the noun is obviative. It is obviative because there is a third-person subject and a third-person object. of Now look at the following answer to the same question, where the thing being bought is animate: Namewan ataawe. ty He•s buying a sturgeon. cu l The animate noun name 'sturgeon' has the extra ending wan which indicates that the noun is obviative. Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? sit y What does he want to buy? er We've already mentioned that in these types of questions waa- has the meaning 'want'. ni v As you might expect, some possible answers might be as follows: U Ahcikanaahtikoni wii-ataawe. He wants to buy sturgeon. ke he ad Namewan wii-ataawe. He wants to buy a table. La ( Fa If you wish to ask what someone wants to buy you can ask the following question: 22 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Are You Buying Something? Exercise I 0 Reading and understanding practice. Nitataawe (2) Kitataawe (3) Ataawe (33) Ataawewak at uc (d) Namekohs nitataawaake. Namekohsan ataawaake. Piinahilcan niwii-ataawaake. Piinahilcanini wii-ataawaake. Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? Ed (a) (b) (c) n I am buying. You are buying. He/she is buying. They are buying. (]) io l. ty Here is how you would ask someone what they are selling: of Translations are on page 99. What are you selling? cu l Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Fa An answer might be: I'm selling a lake trout. 0 sit y Namekohs nitataawaake. ni v er How would you say "What do you want to sell?" Write your answer below: U Here is how you would ask what someone is selling: What is he selling? ad Kekonenini ataawaakec:(t)? ke he Notice again the obviative suffix inion the question word. Some answers might be the following. Notice obviative suffixed on the nouns. La Namekohsan ataawaake. Piinahikanini ataawaake. He's selling lake trout. He's selling a purse. Now, how would you say "What does he want to sell?" Write your answer below: Transitivized (Al+O) Verbs In the section above we used the verb ataawe, which means •he/she is buying something'. This is a transitive verb, because it has both a grammatical subject and grammatical object. The grammatical object is whatever one is buying. You may have noticed that unlike most other transitive verbs, 23 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ataawe may be used with a grammatical object that is either animate or inanimate (check the example sentences to make sure you agree). As well, you may have noticed, that when person and number prefixes and suffixes are added to ataawe to make a statement the pattern of the prefixes and suffixed follows that of Animate Intransitive verbs rather than that of Transitive Animate or Transitive Inanimate verbs. (You may wish to review the different types of verb paradigms we have given before). r Verbs such as ataawe are sometimes called Transitized AI (AI+O) verbs. They are similar to AI verbs but are transitive. io uc at he/she sells it he/she steals it ataawaake kimooti n There are some other common verbs that are classified as Transitized AI verbs. Ed Although it may be confusing to remember that these verbs are different, there are only a few of them, and they are also very common. Fa cu l ty of Working with a partner and some of the pictures in this lesson, practice asking and answering questions using the 'buy' and 'sell' words you have learned above. Be sure to use questions in which you are asking your partner what he or she is doing, and also questions where you are asking your partner what someone else is doing. Use the language patterns you have learned above, and ask your instructor if you need help. Take turns with your partner so you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. You can also ask questions that require a 'yes' or 'no' answer with these verbs: sit y ( Are you buying something? er Kitataawe na kekoon? ni v The answer can be positive: Ehe, nitataawe pahkweshikan. U Yes, I'm buying flour. ad or negative: Kaawin, kaawin kekoon nitataawehsiin. he No, I'm not buying anything. La ke Similarly, with a third-person subject: Ataawe na kekoonini? Is he buying something? The answer can be positive: Ebe, ataawe pahkweshikanan. Yes, he is buying flour. or negative: ~ Kaawin, kaawin kekoonini ataawehsiin. No, he is not buying anything. 24 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Here are some questions and answers for reading practice: Translations are on page 99. Questions Answers (a) (b) Kitataawe na kekoon? Ataawe na kekoonini? Ehe, nitataawe pahkweshi kan. Ebe, ataawe pahkweshikanan. 2. (a) (b) Kitataawe na kekoon? Ataawe na kekoonini? Kaawin, kaawin kekoon nitataawehsiin. Kaawin, kaawin kekoonini ataawehsiin. 3. (a) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenin i ataawaakec(t)? Mii.kihsikwaahson nitataawaake. Miikihsikwaahsonini ataawaake. Aan ena.kimac(t) atihkamek? Aan cna.kitaman maacishikan? Niishwaapihk nitina.kimaa. Niiwaapihk nitinakitaan. Aan ena.kimaac atihkamekwan? Aan enakitank maacishikanini? Niishwaapihk otina.kimaan. Niishwaapihk otina.kitaan. (b) 5. (a) io at uc 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa (b) Ed (a) of 4. ty (b) n l. 0 cu l 2. 0 25 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Questions and Answers: Exercise J Kekonenini ataawec(t)? c) Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? d) Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? e) Kekonen ataawaakeyan? f) Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? g) Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? h) Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec(t)? i) Aan enakimac(t)? j) Aan enakitaman? k) Aan enakimaac(t)? I) Aan enakitank? cu l ty of Ed uc at io n b) Writing and understanding practice. In this exercise, write appropriate questions for the following answers using the question phrases that you have learned. The first one has been done for you. y sit b) Wiikwaahs nitataawe. Kekonen ataaweyan? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Wiikwaahsini ataawe. er a) e) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tihtipwepishkikan nitataawaake. f) g) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tihtipwepishkikanan ataawaake. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Maaciikitowin niwii-ataawaake. h) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Maaciikitowinini wii-ataawaake. i) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ninkotwaahswaapihk nitinakimaa. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Niishwaahswaapihk nitinakitaan. j) he ad U ni v d) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Okaahs niwii-ataawe. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Okaahsan wii-ataawe. c) La ( Kekonen ataaweyan? Fa 2. Masinaahtehsicikan nitataawe. a) ke r Writing and understanding practice. In this exercise, give appropriate answers to the questions listed below. The first one has been done for you. Note: Sections I and 2 corrections will be done by the instructor. 1. k) 1) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ayinaanewaapihk otinakimaan. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Saankahswaapihk otinakitaan. For review, work with your partner to practice the different types of questions and answers that we have learned. 26 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 3 Exerc ise A What Are They Doing? s introduced to you. In this lesson, there are twelve (12) new Animate Intransitive Verb 0 pictures below. Each word will be Listen carefully as the instructor says the words that match the person singu lar. Each word will presented in the fonn that means 'he or she is... ', that is, the thirdbe repeated three or four times. Translations arc on page 100. ty of Ed uc at io n J 2. er sit y Fa cu l _. o·. 0 " ni v g La ke he ad U 7 II ,,,, ";',':"",-t"" ---- 1 ;, V I / / ~ \It, 11. 0 27 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise B Listening and Reading: 1. Here is a list of the words which were just introduced to you. Listen carefully once again as the insttuctorrepeats them, and follow along with the written fonns. Translations are on page 100. tiihtipaamaciwe ihkwaamaciwe (9) tiihtipaatawe (10) ihkwaatawe (11) waahkaahike (12) pimitaacimo n (7) (8) Ed uc (6) pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii io (I) (2) (3) (4) (5) at r Pronunciation Practice ke he ad U ni v er sit (6) La ( cu l (4) (5) tii hti paa ma ci we (8) i hkwaa ma ci we (9) tii hti paa ta wc (10) ih kwaa ta we (11) waa hkaa hi kc (12) pi mi taa ci mo Fa (3) (7) pi mo hse pi mi pa htoo naa ni paa we na ta wi hi wc naa ci mii ci me naa si pii y (1) (2) ty of 2. These words have been broken down into syllables to help you identify them and to help with pronunciation. There is a space between each syllable. 28 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C Writing Practice: 0 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Here are the twelve pictures listed below for each of the words we have just learned. Practice writing the corresponding word beside each number in the spaces below. Translations are on page 100. ad he 10. ke 11. 12. La 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. U 1. 2. Now say each of the following in the Native language. Corrections will be done by the instructor. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) walking down the hill (8) walking up the hill (9) walking downstairs (10) walking upstairs (11) building a house (12) crawling (7) walking running yawning healing going for food going to the shore 29 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D Singular Forms 1. In this exercise, we will add the first-person and second-person fonns for each of the new verbs we have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. Translations are on page 100. 1 2 '4 nipimipahtoo kipimipahtoo pimipahtoo ninaanipaawe kinaanipaawe naanipaawe of nipimohse kipimohse pimohse Ed uc at io n 3 s 8 Fa cu l ty 7 ninatawihiwe kinatawihiwe natawihiwe sit y ( ninaasipii kinaasipii naasipii ni v er ninaacimiicime kinaacimiicime naacimiicime 10 11 U 9 nitiihtipaamaciwe kitiihtipaamaciwe tiihtipaamaci we 12 ad ~ he ke La ni tiihtipaatawe kitiihtipaatawe tiihtipaatawe nitihkwaamaciwe kitihkwaamaciwe ihkwaamaciwe nitihkwaatawe kitihkwaatawe ihkwaatawe niwaahkaahike lei waahkaahike waahkaahike 6 30 nipimitaacim kipimitaacim pimitaacimo �INTERMEDIATE OJIBW E - UNIT l; LESSON 3 word as 2. Now you know twelve new Inttansitive Animate Verbs. For writing practice, write each follows. Corrections are on page 101. I'm uc at io n You're._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 of Ed He/she's._ _ _ _ _ __ oipimohsehsiin Fa 1) I'm not - Kaawin cu l ty 3. Let's also practice the negative forms. The first exampl e in each has been done for you. ni v er sit y 0 kipimohsehsiin ke he ad U 2) You're not- Kaawin La 3) He/she's not - Kaawin pimohsehsiin When you complete this exercise, be sure you can identify the parts that make the idea negativ 31 e. Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise E r Questions and Answers in Singular Form Using the words in sentences that you have learned. In this exercise for practice speaking, work in pairs talcing turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Use the phrases from Exercise D section number 1, 2, and 3. Translations are on page 101. Here are some examples: Positive Answer Negative Answer Kipimohse na? Sally na pimohse? Ehe, nipimohse Ebe, Sally pimohse Kaawin nipimohsehsiin. Kaawin pimohsehsiin Sally. uc at io n Question Ed Repeat this exercise for each verb from Exercise D section 1. Mini-Dialogues of Exercise F A. Pooshoo nitootem. Aan entootaman? Mayaam nitani-maacaa. Kah! Aanti eshaayan? Ataawikamikonk. Kekonen naasihkaman? Ninaacimiicime. Kika-wiiciiwin. C. Aan entootank kikohsihs? D. Pimitaacimo. Kaawin mahshi nihtaa-pimohsehsiin. Kah! Kikihkinoohamawaa na ci-nihtaa-pimohsec(t)? Ehe, nikihkinoohamawaa ci-pimohsec(t). Aasha maawiin wiipac ta-pimohse. Aanti eshaayan? Ninaasipii. Aan waa-tootaman naasipiink? Niwii-kwayaacii e-wii-nantawencikeyaan waapank. Kah! Awanen ke-wiiciiwat? Nikohsihs nika-wiiciiwik. Fa y sit er ni v ke he ad U ( B. cu l ty 1. Read and understand the following dialogues with a panner. Ask your instructor if you need help with any of the words. Translation are on page 102. Aan ke-tootaman noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentahsiin. Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootaman? Niwii-pimipahtoo. Osaam aasha nikihtim. Kekiin na kiwii-pimipahtoo? Ebe, keniin niwii-pimipahtoo. Osaam aasha keniin nitaacip. La New Vocabulary: Kihkinoohamaw • "Teach him" Nikihkinoohamawaa - "I am teaching him." Kikihkinoohamawaa - "You are teaching him." Kikihkinoohamawaak - "You are teaching them." Kihtimi - "He/she is lazy." Nikihtim - "I am lazy." Kikihtim - "You're lazy." Kihtimiwak - "They are lazy." Aacipo - "He/she is fat." Nitaacip - "I am fat." Kitaacip • "You are fat." Aacipowak - "They are fat." Naasihkan - "Go and get it." Ninaasihkaan - "I go and get it." Kinaasihkaan - "You go and get it." 32 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, try writing two mini-dialogues of your own, using some of the vocabulary and the pictures introduced in this lesson. They should be at least eight lines each. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n With a partner practice reading the mini-dialogues in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfona ble with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 33 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise G Plural Forms In this exercise, you will be learning the plural forms of the Animate Inttansitive Verbs we have introduced in this lesson. Let's begin with twelve pictures listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. The prefixes and suffixes that make these words plural are in bold type. Translations are on page 103. nipimohsemin kipimohsemin kipimohsenaawaa pimohsewak Ed uc at io n 1. nipimipahtoomin kipimipahtoomin kipimipahtoonaawaa pimipahtoowak ninatawihi wemin kinatawihiwemin kinatawihiwenaawaa natawihiwewak Fa cu l ty of ninaanipaawemin kinaanipaawemin kinaanipaawenaawaa naanipaawewak ni v ninaasipiimin kinaasipiimin kinaasipiinaawaa naasipiiwak nitiihtipaamaciwemin kitiihtipaamaciwemin kitiihtipaamaciwenaawaa tiihtipaamaci wewak nitihkwaamaciwemin kitihkwaamaciwemin kitihkwaamaciwenaawaa ihkwaamaciwewak La ke he ad U ninaacimiicimemin kinaacimiicimemin kinaacimiicimenaawaa naacimiicimewak er sit y C nitiihtipaatawemin n itihkwaatawemin ki tiihtipaata wemin kitihkwaatawemin kitiihtipaatawenaawaa kitihkwaatawenaawaa tiihtipaatawewak ihkwaatawewak niwaahkaahikemin kiwaah.kaahikemin kiwaahkaahikenaawaa waah.kaahikewak 34 nipimitaacimomin kipimitaacimomin kipimitaacimonaa waa pimitaacimowak �INTE RME DIAT E OJIBW_g- UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise H IGpimohsenaawaa na? Kipimohsenaawaa na? Ebe, nipimohsemin. (exclusive) Kaawin, kaawin nipimohsehsiimin. Kipimohsemin na? Kipimohsemin na? Ebe, kipimohsemin. (inclusive) Kaawin, kaawin kipimohsehsiimin. Pimohsewak na? Pimohsewak na? Ebe, pimohsewak. Kaawin, kaawin pimohsehsiiwak. io Answer Ed uc at Question 0 n have just learned. You can also ask and answer questions using the plural forms that you Here are some examples: Translations are on page 103. of I. Questions and Answers in Plural Form ty forms Now, try writing some question and answer pairs using the plural verb more asking and answering Fa cu l 2. When you complete this writing exercise, work in groups of three or the questions and answers that you have prepared. you have just learned. Exercise I y Paradigms 0 U ni v er sit te Intransitive verbs, including 1. In this lesson you have learned the meanings of twelve Anima we present complete singular and plural forms, and also positive and negative forms. Below also listed the number codes positive paradigms for some of these verbs. For convenience, we have wish to review your notes that indicate the person and numb er of each verb form given. (You may stands for.) Translations are or consult your instructor if you are unsure of what each number code ad on page 104. ke he 1 nipimohse 2 kipimohse 3 pimohse La 13 nipimohsemin 21 kipimohsemin 22 kipimohsenaawaa 33 pimohsewak I nipimipahtoo 2 kipimipahtoo 3 pimipahtoo 1 ninaanipaawe 2 .kinaanipaawe 3 naanipaawe 13 nipimipahtoomin 21 kipimipahtoomin 22 kipimipahtoonaawaa 33 pimipahtoowak 13 ninaanipaawemin 21 .kinaanipaawcmin 22 kinaanipaawenaawaa 33 naanipaawewak 0 35 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 2. Write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. naasipii 1 n 1 n 2k 2 k 3 2k 3 13 n 21 k 22 k 33 13 n 13 n 21 k 22 k Ed 33 21 k 22 k 33 uc 3 io 1 n n ti ihtipaamaci we at r naacjmiicime of 3. Write negative paradigms for the following verbs. The first one has been done for you. tiihtipaatawe ty ihkwaamaciwe cu l 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 Kaawin nitihkwaamaciwehsiin. 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad U ni v sit 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er C Fa 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ihkwaatawe he ! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 6 Before you continue on to the next exercise, be sure you can identify the word parts that make the plural and negative forms. 36 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBW E- UNIT I; LESSON 3 Exercise J Review Test 0 1. Translate the words and phrases below. Translations are on page 104. (a) Kaawin nipimohsehsiin. (b) Ehe pimipahtoo. n (c) Kinaanipaawe na? io (d) Niiwii-naacimiicime. Ed uc at (e) Ninatawihiwe. (0 Naasipii na Jane? (g) Aasha na kiwii-tiihtipaamaciwe? (h) Niwaahkaahike noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. of (i) Ihkwaamaciwewak na? cu l ty (j) Kaawin nika-tiihtipaatawehsiimin. (k) Nikii-ihkwaatawemin onaako. (1) Pimitaacimo awaashihsh. y Fa (m) Tiihtipaatawewak na? (n) Kiwii-pimohsenaawaa na noonkom ke-kiishikaak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (o) Ta-waahkaahikewak na waapank? 0 ni v er sit (p) Kika-pimipahtoomin (q) Kikii-natawihiwe na? (r) Kiwii-waahkaahike na kekiin? (s) Kewiin na naapenhs pimitaacimo? ad U (t) Niwii-naacimiicimemin waapank. (u) Kaawin niwii-pimipahtoohsiimin. (v) Kaawin kika-pimohsehsiimin. ke he 2. Say these words/phrases in the Native language. Translations arc on page 104. La 1 I am walking. 2 You're walking. 3 He/she is walking. 13 21 22 33 We are walking. (exclusive) We are walking. (inclusive) You are walking. (plural) They are walking. 0 37 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Possessive Forms of Nouns r l. Nouns may have possessive fonns, which indicate who the noun belongs to (the possessor). The possessor is indicated by a person prefix for first•, second•, or third•person possessors. As well, some nouns may add a suffix that ends in m to the noun, but others do not. It is difficult to predict which nouns add this suffix and which do not. You may find it helpful to follow your instructor when it comes to using this suffix. uc at io n Some possessive fonns of nouns are listed below. Each one has the first·person prefix. The possessive prefix and suffix are in bold type. See if you can recognize the basic fonn of the noun in each possessive fonn. Remember that if the basic noun begins with a vowel sound, a t is inserted between the possessive prefix and the basic noun. Ed Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Translations are on page 105. Animate nouns of Inanimate nouns nimaankom Fa cu l ty ninamem ninamekohsim nishooniyaanim nimemenkwem sit ni v nikinepikom er nikoohkoohkohoom nicwaapiihshim nitatihkamekom nitookaahsim y nisakimem ( U nipahkweshikanim Now, let's look at a partial paradigm for possessive fonns of nouns. We'll first look at nouns with singular possessors. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. ad 2. niwiikwaahsim nipiinahikanim nishooniyaawash nimiikihsikwaahson nipakiciiwin nitahcikanaahtik nipinaahkwaan nitihtipwepishkikan nimaacii.kitowin nicahkaahtehsicikan nimasinaahtehsicikan nimaacishikan 1 niwiikwaahsim 2 kiwiikwaahsim 3 owiikwaahsim I ninamem 2 kinamem 3 onameman 1 nipiinahikan 2 kipiinahikan 3 opiinahikan La ke he 1 nimaankom 2 kimaankom 3 omaankoman Notice that when an animate noun has a third-person possessor ('his' or 'her') there is an extra suffix at the end of the noun. This is called the obviative suffix, which has previously been discussed in Introductory Ojibwe. 38 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 These are simila r to the plural Now we will look at some nouns which have a plural possessor. d. forms of Anim ate Intransitive verbs which we have already Jearne 'purse ' with plura l possessors. Here is a partial paradigm for the inanimate noun piinahikan opiinahikaniwaan Our (exclusive) purse Our (inclusive) purse Your (plural) purse Their purse n ni piina hikan inaan k.ipiinahikaninaan k.ipiinahikaniwaa io 13 21 22 33 0 owiikwaahsimiwaan Our (exclusive) birchbark Our (inclusive) birchbark Your (plural) birchbark Their birch bark of niwii kwaa hsirni naan k.iwiikwaahsiminaan k.iwiikwaahsimiwaa ty 13 21 22 33 Ed uc at suffix indicates that the posse sor is Notice that each form has a suffix, which is in bold type. This is one that takes m in the posse ssive plural. Now, notice also where these suffixes come if the noun form. Listen carefu lly as your instructor says these forms. y Our (exclusive) sturgeon Our (inclusive) sturgeon Your (plura l) sturgeon Their sturge on ni v ninam emina an k.inameminaan k.inamemiwaa onam emiw aan sit omaankomiwaan 0 er k.imaankorniwaa Our (exclusive) loon Our (inclusive) loon Your (plural) loon Their loon ad 13 21 22 33 nimaankominaan k.imaankorninaan U 13 21 22 33 Fa cu l posse ssive forms. Listen carefu lly as Animate nouns are almost identical to inanimate nouns in the your instructor says the following forms: La ke he extra n at the end. This is a form of Notice that the forms for third-person plural ('thei r') have an the obviative suffix. 0 39 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 memenkwe singular singular singular n k n k k 0 0 0 plural n plural k k k 0 0 0 ahcikanaahtik singular miikisikwaahson singular n k n k 0 0 k k of ty Fa plural k pahkweshikan singular cu l plural n k Ed k n k sit y n 0 0 plural n k ni v 0 Here's a common type of question which uses possessive forms: U 4. n k k er 0 io plural n k n ad Kiin na hi kiwiikwaahsim? Is that your birchbark? he A simple answer might be: ke Ehe or Kaawin. La (_ pinaahkwaan n shooniyaan at r Write paradigms for the following words: uc 3. You can also ask: Niin na hi niwiikwaahsim? Is that my birchbark? Notice that the first word changes to Niin and the first-person possessive form of the noun is used. If the noun you are asking about is animate, notice that the third word change to ha. Kiin na ha kishooniyaanim? Is that your money? 40 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 And you can also ask: 0 Is that my money? Niin na ha nishooniyaanim? Again notice that the first word changes to Niin and the first-person possessive form of the noun is used. Working with a partner, try asking and answering some questions of this type about the nouns we n j ust presented above. io Exercise B uc Write paradigms for the following list of nouns: Translations are on page 106. Inanimate nouns Ed Animate nouns shooniyaawash singular singular n n k cu l ty of shooniyaan k Fa 0 0 plural sit y plural er n ni v k k n k 0 U 0 miikisikwaahson singular singular k he ad memenkw e n ke n 0 k k La 1. at More Paradigms 0 0 plural plural n n k k k k 0 0 41 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 My owl Your mosquito His jack-fish Our white fish (exclusive) My comb Our bicycle (inclusive) Your flour My telephone Her scissors My television My camera Our television (inclusive) Their sturgeon Your trout {plural) Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io r Translate the following possessive nouns listed below. Translations are on page 106. n 2. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C 42 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C Four Directions The four directions are particles. A particle is a word that cannot be changed in any other way. It will never include a personal, tense marker, etc. It will only be used as it is written here. In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these four words in simple sentence form. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Translations are on page 106. n l. 0 Ed uc at io Kiiwetinonk Waapanonk Fa cu l ty of Nekaapiihanonk Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayan? (b) Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Kiiwetinonk nitishaa. Waapanonk nitishaa. Shaawanonk nitishaa. Nekaapiihanonk nitishaa. ni v (a) er Questions and Answers: Translations are on page 106. La ke he ad U 2. 0 sit y Shaawanonk (c) Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Aanti wencinowek? Kiiwetinonk nitooncii. Waapanonk nitooncii. Shaawanonk nitooncii. Nekaapiihanonk nitooncii. Kiiwetinonk oncinowe. Waapanonk oncinowe. Shaawanonk oncinowe. Nekaapiihanonk oncinowe. Note: "Oncinowe" is an Inanimate Intransitive Verb meaning "the wind is blowing from a certain direction". 43 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. Reading and understanding exercise. Translations are on page 107. (a) Aanti eshaayan noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Kiiwetinonk nitishaa noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. (b) Aanti ke-oncinowek kitinentaan waapank? io Aan ke-ishi-wepahk kitinentaan ke-tipihkaak? at (c} n Waapanonk ta-oncinowe nitinentaan waapank. Nekaapiihanonk na ta-oncinowe kitinentaan ke-tipihkaak? Ed (d) uc Shaawanonk ta-oncinowe, ta-kimiwan ekwa ta-kihci-nootin nitinentaan. of Kaawin, kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek, kehcinaac ta-sookipwan. ty New Vocabulary: "he thinks" "I think" "you think" Fa C cu l inentam nitinentaan kitinentaan "if the wind is blowing from the west". sit y kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek er This construction will be explained in Unit 2. For speaking practice, work in pairs repeating these exercises you have just completed from section 2 a, b, c and section 3 a, b, c, d. 5. For writing practice, rewrite the exercises from section 2 a, b, c and section 3 a, b, c, d. La ke he ad U ni v 4. 44 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise D Seasons The four seasons are Inanimate Intransitive verbs (VII). These can be translated as "it is._ _ _ .. Personal pronouns are not used with these words but tense markers may be used when required. l. 0 In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these four words in simple sentence forms. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Translations are on page 107. Ed uc at io n Pipoon Siikwan cu l ty of Takwaakin Fa Niipin y Questions and Answers: Pipoon Siikwan Niipin Takwaakin Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? (b) Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Aan enahkamikahk akwaciink? Niipin. Siikwan Takwaakin Pipoon. (c) Wiipac na ta-pipoon kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-siikwan kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-niipin kitinentaan? Wiipac na ta-takwaakin kitinentaan? Ebe, wiipac ta-pipoon nitinentaan. Ebe, wiipac ta-siikwan nitinentaan. Ehe, wiipac ta-niipin nitinentaan. Ebe, wiipac ta-takwaakin nitinentaan. sit (a) 0 La ke he ad U ni v er 2. Negative forms: (d) Note: Kaawin wiipac ta-pipoonhsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-siikwanbsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-niipinhsinoon nitishinaan. Kaawin wiipac ta-takwaakinbsinoon nitishinaan. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-siikwan eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? Aanahpii ta-takwaakin eshinaman? Sentences such as "Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman?" can be translated as meaning "When do you see it being winter?" Similarly, "Kaawin wiipac ta-pipoonhsinoon nitishinaan" can-be translated as "I see that it won't be winter soon". 45 0 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E .. UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. These are the same verbs with conjunct endings. Translations are on page 108. r pipoonk, siikwank, niipink, takwaakink (a) io Kika-kiiwe na ahpii pipoonk? Ebe, nika-kiiwe ahpii pipoonk. at (b) n These verbs often have an extra ending k. This is the third-person conjunct ending for Inanimate Intransitive verbs. We have already used some common words which contain this ending such as noonkom kaa-kiishikaak, in which the last sound of kilshikaak is the conjunct ending. In the following mini-dialogues the words for the seasons are used with the conjunct ending. They occur after the particle ahpii "when". uc OR Ed Kaawin nika-kiiwehsiin ahpii pipoonk. OR Fa OR cu l Kika-anohkii na ahpii niipink? Ehe, nika-anohkii ahpii niipink. ty Kaawin nika-maacaahsiin ahpii siikwank. of Kika-maacaa na ahpii siikwan.k? Ehe, nika-maacaa ahpii siikwan.k. Kaawin nika-anohkiihsiin ahpii niipink. y ( er sit Kika-nanaantawencike na ahpii takwaakink? Ebe, nika-nanaantawencike ahpii takwaakink. OR U Some speakers may omit the word ahpii in the sentences above. Both patterns are equally acceptable. La ke he ad Note: ni v Kaawin nika-nanaantawencikehsiin ahpii takwaakink. 46 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise E Days of the Week Just like the seasons, the days of the week are also Inanimate Intransitive verbs (VII). Often they can be translated as it is _ _ _ _ _ _". These words do not take the personal pronouns, but the tense markers can occur before them. Q 0 In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these seven words in simple sentence forms. Listen carefully as your instructor says them. Sections l and 2 translations are on page 108. n io at of (a) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (b) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (c) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Aapihtawan. (d) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? Niiwi-kiishikaa. (e) Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-k.iishikaak? (0 Aan eshi-k.iishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Maatinawe-k.iishikaa. (g) Aan eshi-k.iishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ayamihe-k.iishikaa. ty Anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l Niisho-kiishikaa. 0 Pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa. (a) he ad Like the words for seasons, words for days of the week can take the conjunct ending in certain constructions. Here they are one-word answers to questions. Translations are on page 109. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Anohkii wi-kiishikaak. Aanahpii waa-k.iiweyan? Niisho-kiishilcaak. ke 3. Questions and Answers: (b) La 2. anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa niisho-kiishikaa aapihtawan niiwi-kiishikaa pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa maatinawe-kiishikaa ayamihe-kiishikaa uc • • • • • • • Ed 1. (c) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Aapihtawank. (d) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Niiwi-kiishikaak. (e) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Pahkweshikani-kiis·hikaak. (0 Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Maatinawe-kiishikaak. (g) Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Ayamihe-kiishikaak. 47 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 io n K.ika-maacaa na niisho-kiishikaak? Kaawin, aapihtawank iitok. Awanen ke-wiiciiwat? Noohkomihs iitok nika-wiiciiwaa. Kitaataa tahsh wiin? Aanti eshaac(t)? Aasha ohsha kii-maacaa. at (b) uc r Mini-dialogues with conjunct endings. Listen carefully as the instructor reads these dialogues. Translations are on page 109. (a) K.iwii-kiiwe na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Kaawin, paanimaa nika-kiiwe anohkiiwi-kiishikaak. Aan ke-tootaman weti? K.ika-anohkii na? Kaawin, nika-pimaahkwepahike. Kah! Awanen ke-wiici-pimaahkwepahikemac? Peshik nishtehs ekwa nitinawemaakanak. Ed 4. New Vocabulary: sit Now write two mini-dialogues that use some of the material about seasons and days of the week that you have learned in this lesson. er 5. y Fa cu l ty of "He/she is playing hockey." "I am playing hockey." "You are playing hockey." "They are playing hockey." "Play hockey with him." "I am playing hockey with him." "You are playing hockey with him." "He/she is playing hockey with him/her." ke he ad U ni v (a) (b) La ( Pimaahkwepahike Nipimaahkwepahike Kipimaahkwepahike Pimaahkwepahikewak Wiici-pimaahkwepahikem Ni wiici-pimaahkwepahikemaa Kiwiici-pimaahkwepahilcemaa Owiici-pimaahkwepahikemaan Working with a partner practice some of the questions and answers in #2 and #3 above. When you are done that, work with your partner to read the dialogues in #4, and also the dialogues that you wrote yourself. 48 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise F Months of the Year 0 The months of the year are animate nouns. Questions and Answers with months of the year: io at uc of Different communities and different dialects might have a different way of naming of the months. Check with speakers as you progress in learning the Native language. cu l Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) ociimitoo-piihsim. Fa Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim. sit y Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. 0 ni v er Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim. U Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mahko-piihsim. ke he ad Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) saakipakaawi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kiishipakaawi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) atihtemini-piihsim. La 2. kiishipakaawi-piihsim atihtemini-piihsim waahtepakiiwi-piihsim pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim kashkatinoo-piihsim makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim ty Note: • • • • • • ociimitoo-piihsim kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim mikisiiwi-piihsim nihki-piihsim mahko-piihsim saakipakaawi-piihsim Ed • • • • • • n I. In this exercise, you will be studying how to use these twelve words in simple sentence form. Listen carefully as the instructor says them. Notice that each name for a month contains the noun piihsim. which means •sun' or 'moon'. Sections I and 2 translations are on page 109 & 110. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) waahtepakiiwi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) kashkatinoo-piihsim. Aanahpii ke-ishaayan amihko-saakahikaniink? Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim. 49 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 If you are asking questions with the question word aanahpii, the question may refer to the 3. past, present or the future. The questions in #2 above were all in the future, and,so they used the conjunct form of the future tense prefix, which is ke-. r Aanahpii ke-ishaayan mahko-saakahikaniink? When will you go to Bear Lake? n The main verb of the answer will have the independent form of the future tense prefix, which is ka( when there is a preceding person prefix). io Nika-ishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. uc at I will go during Eagle Month ('March'). Ed It is also possible to ask a similar question about something that happened in the past. The verb has the conjunct form of the past tense prefix, which is kaa-kii-. of Aanahpii kaa-kii-ishaayan Mahko-saakahikaniink? ty The main verb of the answer will have the independent form of the past tense prefix, which is kii-. cu l Nikii-isbaa mekwaac kaa-kii-pimankisoc(t) mikisiiwi-piihsim. It is also possible to ask a question in which there is no specified reference to time. y ( Fa I went during Eagle Month ('March'). sit Aanahpii eshaayan Mahko-saakahikaniink? er When are you going to Bear Lake? U ni v In this type of question you may find that the first vowel of the basic verb changes to the sound e. For example, in the previous sentence the basic verb is ishaa, but in this type of question it is pronounced eshaayan. ad The main verb of the answer will not have any tense prefix. he Nitishaa mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim. ke I'm going during April. La Working with a partner, ask and answer questions about when your partner: • • • • L went some place will go some place is going some place wants to go some place (hint: remember that the prefix waa- is used in this type of question and wii- in the answer.) Take turns with your partner. 50 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Notice that in the previous sentences we were asking someone when they were doing something, that is, with a second-person subject ('you'). Now, we can also ask someone when.someone else is doing something, that is, with a third-person subject ('he' or 'she'). The following example is in the past tense. 0 Aanahpii kaa-kii-ishaac(t) Mahko-saakahikaniink. When did he go to Bear Lake? io n As you might expect the main verb has the independent past tense prefix kii•. uc at Kii-ishaa mekwaac kaa-pimankisonic(t) atihtemini-piihsimoon. He went during Ripe-Berry Month ('August'). of Ed Notice however, that the second verb pimankisonic(t), which means 'be during the month of has and extra suffix ni which does not appear in the previous sentences. This is another obviative suffix which occurs on Animate Intransitive verbs. In sentences where both Intransitive verbs have third-person subjects, the second verb must be Second-person Subject of second verb First-person Second-person Second verb obviative? Fa Subject of first verb First-person cu l ty marked with the obviative suffix. Here is a chart which illustrates the possibilities. Third person YES sit y Third-person NO NO 0 ni v er Notice also that the subject of the second verb (the word for 'moon') has an extra suffix oon which was not present in the previous sentences. This is also an obviative suffix. U The same pattern can be seen in the answer to the following question which is in the present. he ad Aanahpii esbaac(t) Mabko-saakahikaniink? Ta-ishaa mekwaac pimankisonic(t) waahtepakiiwi-piihsimoon. He will go during September. went some place will go some place is going some place wants to go some place La • • • • ke Working with a partner, ask and answer questions about when someone else: Take turns with your partner. You can write your answers if you find it helpful. 0 51 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise G We have learned that in Ojibwe there are four different verb classes: Animate Intransitive, Inanimate Intransitive, Transitive Animate, and Transitive Inanimate. Each of these four verb types can occur in different types of sentence structures in which they may require different sets of prefixes or suffixes. Remember that we have learned that prefixes and suffixes added to verbs indicate who is doing the action and whether there is one or more than one person involved. Each of these sets is referred to as a verb order. There are three separate verb orders. n r Independent and Conjunct Verbs uc at io • Independent - used with verbs that can stand alone and express a complete thought • Conjunct - used with verbs that can't stand alone and in certain types of questions • Imperative - used to form commands of Ed Each of the four different verb clauses can appear in any of the three orders (except that Inanimate Intransitive verbs do not have Imperative forms). Below we will review some Animate Intransitive verbs in the Independent Order. Niwii-nantawencike waapank. ty (independent verb) cu l An independent verb can also appear in a question that can be answered by a "yes" or "no". (independent verb) y In this exercise, you are going to translate some sentences in Ojibwe listed below. Underline sit 1. er the independent verbs. Translations are on page 110. ni v a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I will go later. b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U Did you leave yesterday? C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ad The boy is hungry. he d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ke Your dog was sick the day before yesterday. e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - It rained yesterday. f. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ( Fa Kitanohkii ina noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? It will be snowing the day after tomorrow. Think of your own two sentences to write below. Check your answers with the instructor. Review the sentences you just wrote. Is each one a complete statement? _ _ _ _ __ 52 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Now, let us look at Animate Intransitive verbs being used in a slightly different way. You will notice these sentences do not give a complete thought. These verbs are in the Conjunct Order. Very often verbs in the Conjunct Order will have a special modifier that comes before them. Some of these are particles, separate words that never have any prefixes or suffixes added to them. Q while/during if when Mekwaac K.iishpin Ahpii uc at after before lshkwaaMwaye- or e-mwaye- Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan. Ed Example: io n As well, some of these are preverbs, modifiers that are always directly followed by a verb. Preverbs are always written with a following hyphen. (conjunct verb) of In this exercise, you are going to translate the incomplete sentences listed below into Ojibwe. Underline the conjunct verbs. Translations are on page 110. ty 2. cu l a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After I am done sleeping, While I was working yesterday, Fa b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - sit Before I went home, y C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ni v er If I am hungry, e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U When I am working, DISCUSSION: Now, let's put two sentences together with independent verb and conjunct verb. First, let's do one example together. ·· ke 3. he ad Review the sentences you wrote. Can these verbs occur on their own?_ _ _ _ _ __ These verbs are called Conjunct Order Verbs. La Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, nitayihsh kii-maacaa. While I was sleeping, my dog left. Let's analyze this sentence one more time. Mej;waac kii~aavaan. nitayi~kii-maacaa. ~~ ·11\ ~~ past conjunct conjunct I possessive noun past independent tense verb ending I prefix tense verb (statement is not complete- must be joined I (Complete statement) with another main sentence) Particle 53 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 In this exercise, you are going to translate the sentences listed below into Ojibwe. Underline the independent and conjunct order verbs. Translations are o~ page 110. a. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After I am done working, I will go home. b. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 will go later when I am done eating. C. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - io n If I get hungry, I will go home. at d. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - My mother left while I was playing. Here is a chart which compares the Animate Intransitive verb nipaa 'sleep' in the Independent and Conjunct Order, for the first-, second-, and third-person singular forms. Prefixes and suffixes are in bold. First-person Second-person Fa nipaa nipaayan nipaac(t) y Third-person sit In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. Second-person Conjunct yaan ki yan c(t) ad U Third-person Independent ni er ni v First-person ke he The conjunct singular endings in the charts above can be added to any Al verb stem that ends in a vowel. There are many Al verbs that end in the sound m. For these stems the singular conjunct endings are slightly different. Here is a chart that compares the verb minwentam "be glad" in the Independent and Conjunct Order. La ( kinipaa Conjunct nipaayaan cu l Independent ninipaa ty of 4. Ed uc e. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 drank some water before I went to sleep. First-person Second-person Third-person Independent Conjunct niminwentaan kiminwentaan minwentamaan minwentaman minwentam .54 minwentank �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 In the fol1owing chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. First-person Second-person 0 Conjunct aan an Independent ni ki k Third-person uc at io n Similarly, if an Al verb ends in the consonant n, the form of the conjunct endings is slightly different. Here is a chart that compares the verb takohshin "arrive" in the Indepenent and Conjunct Order. Conjunct Ed Independent takohshini yaan takohshiniyan nitakohsin First-person Second-person of kitakohshin takohshink takohshin cu l ty Third-person Fa In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. y Independent ni ki er sit First-person Second-person iyaan iyan k 0 La ke he ad U ni v Third-person Conjunct 0 55 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H r . More Independent and Conjunct Verbs Here are more sentences to translate in Native language. Make sure you understand and recognize the independent and conjunct verbs as you go along doing this exercise. Underline the Independent Verbs with one line and the conjunct verbs with two lines. Translations are on page 111. n a. io While I was sleeping, my spouse left. at b. uc After I finish working, I will be going home. C. Ed I want to go before it rains. d. of If you are hungry, eat some moose meat. e. ty I was happy when you came home. cu l f. g. h. sit I want to eat before I work. er i. ni v Before I go to sleep, I want to drink water. j. U When I finish eating, I will go. k. ad When you finish working, go home. he 1. While you were playing, your dog left. ke m. If you don't come, I will be angry. La ( y I will call her after I finish eating. Fa Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. n. After you are done hunting, come home. 0. While you were sick, I arrived. p. I will leave when you are done cooking. q. Before I begin singing, I want to drink water. 56 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE UNIT 1; LESSON 4 M r. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - When do you want to go home? 0 s. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 want to work when you are done sleeping. t. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n If you are afraid, get up! 0 57 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Colours Exercise I Here are some words that are used to describe colours. Here are two sets of words listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor says them. Translations are on page 111. Inanimate C. d. b. c. d. e. f. g. waapaa mahkatewaa oshaawashkwaa aniipiiwaa miskwaa osaawaa waapihsahaa Ed e. f. g. a. waapisi mahkatewisi oshaawashkosi aniipiiwisi miskosi osaawisi waapihsahisi n a. b. io Animate at 1. uc ( In Ojibwe the colour words are verbs. The words in the first column are Animate Intransitive verbs, Asking about colours If the thing you are asking about is animate, your question should look ty 2. of while the ones in the second column are Inanimate Intransitive verbs. cu l like this. What colour is (animate)? Aan enasinaasoc(t)? Fa What colour is the sock? y The answer would be: sit ( For example: Aan enasinaasoc(t) ashikan? The sock is white. Waapisi ashikan. ni v er Or simply, Waapisi. It is white. U A variation on this question would be: What colour is your sock? My sock is white. ke he ad Aan enasinaasoc(t) kitashikan? Answer: Waapisi nitashikan. La If the thing you are asking about is inanimate, your question should look like this: Aan enasinaahtek? For example: Aan enasinaahtek mahkisin? What colour is the (inanimate)? What colour is the shoe? An answer would be: Mahkatewaa mahkisin. ~ Orsimply, Mahkatewaa. The shoe is black. It is black. 58 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 A variation on this question would be: What colour is your shoe? Aan enasinaahtek kimahkisin? Answer: Mahkatewaa nimahkisin. My shoe is black. Twenty nouns you have already learned are listed below. Using different nouns from the list below, ask questions about their colour, using the appropriate question forms that we have learned in this lesson. Write the questions in the first column. Then in the second column, give an answer that uses the appropriate form of the colour verb. The first two examples have been done for you. Corrections will be done by the instructor in class. b. Aan enasinaahtek ciimaan? Aniipiiwaa ciimaan. Fa sit y d. ni v f. g. U h. La ke he ad i. m. 0 er e. I. Ed Mahkatewisi maank. c. k. of ty Aan enasinaasoc(t) maank? pinaahkwaan cumaan pimihsewin waapoyaan waahkaahikan cu l a. j. ashikan pakwaan micihkaawan kihcipison mitaahs maacii-kitowin shooniyaawash pahkweshikan makoot ashtotin maank wiikwaahs piinahikan masinahikan koohkoohkohoo uc at io n 3. 0 n. o. p. 0 59 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 r 4. Now do the same as in the previous exercise, only this time using the possessive forms of the nouns. The first two examples have been done for you. Corrections will be done by the instructor in class. a. Aan enasinaasoc(t) kimaankom? Mahkatewisi nimaankom. b. Aan enasinaahtek kiciimaan? Aniipiiwaa niciimaan. c. io n d. at e. uc f. Ed g. of h. ty l. cu l J. k. sit y m. er n. ni v 0. U p. ad Working with a partner, ask your partner questions about the colour of items listed in this exercise or other items you have learned. Take turns asking and answering these questions. ke he 5. La ( Fa 1. 60 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise J Descriptions In this exercise you will be learning Animate Intransitive Verbs used for describing people. There are seventeen words listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. n io at y In this exercise, you will be learning how to form questions and answers using the descriptive.. terms above. The question in 2a below means "What does he/she look like?" while the question in 2b means "What is his/her hair like?" A typical answer for each one is given below. Q Answer Kinokaapawi. Kinwaanihkwe. U Question Aan eshinaakosic(t)? Aan enaanihkwec(t)? ad a. b. ni v er sit 2. uc 9. Ed 8. of 5. 6. 7. He/she is tall. He/she is short. He/she is fat. He/she is skinny. He/she is stocky/chubby. He/she has long hair. He/she has short hair. He/she has curly hair. He has a beard. He has a mustache. He/she has black hair. He/she has brown hair. He/she has red hair. He/she has white/grey hair. He/she is good-looking, handsome, pretty. He/she is bad-looking. He/she looks nice, looks good. Kinokaapawi Tahkohkaapawi/Tahkoosi Aacipo Paawanii Pitikosi Kinwaanihkwe Tahkwaanihkwe Tihtipanaweyaanihkwe Miihshitoone Miihsaweshkishii Mahkatewaanihkwe Osaawaanihkwe Miskwaanihkwe Waapanihkwe Takahkinaakosi Maci-naakosi Minonaakosi/Mino-naakosi ty 2. 3. 4. 0 cu l 1. Fa 1. La ke he Your instructor will make available to you several pictures of different people. Working with a partner ask and answer questions about the people shown in the pictures using the questions and descriptive terms you have learned in this lesson. 0 61 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 r 3 5 7 4 sit y 9 12 U ni v er ,,,-, 15 14 ke he ad 13 La ( Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1 17 62 16 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 3. In this exercise, you will be learning how to expand the questions and answers by using verbs and nouns that you already know. Some examples are ~iven for you below. a) Q. A. Aan eshinaakosic(t) kitootem? Kinokaapawi, waapaanihkwe ekwa takahkinaakosi. b) Q. A. Aan enaanihkwec(t) k.imaamaa? Kinwaanihkwe ekwa waapaanihkwe. c) Q. A. Aan eshinaakosic(t) kiwiiciiwaakan? Tihtipanaweyaanihkwe, osaawaanihkwe ekwa takahkinaakosi. d) Q. A. Aan enaanihkwec(t) kitaanihs? Tahkwaanihkwe ekwa miskwaanihkwe. a) Q. A. What does your friend look like? He/she is tall. grey hair and good looking. b) Q. A. What colour is your mother's hair? She has long hair and grey hair. c) Q. A. What does your spouse look like? He/she has currie hair, brown hair and good looking. d) Q. A. What does your daughter look like? She has short hair and red hair. 4. Write some of your own questions and answers. For speaking practice, work with a partner using the sections 1, 2 and 3 plus the ones you have just completed. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat several times by taking turns. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 0 63 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise A r Review Kinds of Verbs ' So far, you have learned how to write simple sentences with AI, II, TA, and TI verbs in the independent and conjunct order. l. Let's translate some of the sentences listed below. Corrections are on page 112. Animate Intransitive Verbs: n A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at io Jason was working yesterday. B._________________________________ _ uc Sally is sick today. c.________________________________ _ Ed Mary will be going home. of Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty It costs dollar. B._ _ _ _one __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The house is red. c.______________________________ _ y Transitive Animate Verbs: A._________________________________ sit ( Fa The food tastes good. er I saw a moose yesterday in the bush. B.________________________________ _ ni v Aie you looking for a dog? c._______________________________ _ U I will cook some fish today. ad Transitive Inanimate Verbs: he A. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I am cooking some moose meat. ke B.________________________________ La Bring the cup! c.________________________________ _ Put the plate on the kitchen table. Independent and Conjunct Verbs: A._________________________________ I want to go before it rains. B._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ c c._____________________ Aie you going home when you finish working? While I was sleeping, she arrived. 64 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise B Obviation What is an Obviative? An obviative is a form of a word (noun, pronoun, or verb) that makes a distinction between third persons in a conversation, narrative or legend. 0 Animate nouns with third-person possessor nitaanihs kitaanihs otaanihsan n Compare the following three forms of the Ojibwe animate nouns that means 'daughter'. uc at io My daughter Your daughter His/her daughter of Ed Notice that if the 'possessor' (the person whose daughter it is) is third-person ('his/her') there is an extra ending, called the obviative, on the noun that is not present in the first- and second-person forms. Whenever an animate noun has a third-person possessor it must have the obviative suffix. AI verbs with obviative: My daughter is playing. Mary's daughter is playing. Nitaanihs metawe. Menii otaanihsan metawewan. Fa (a) (b) cu l ty Now compare the following two sentences which have two different forms of the Ojibwe word that means 'daughter'. 0 U Third Person Possessor ni v er sit y Both sentences have a third-person subject ('daughter'). Part of the difference between the two sentences is that the subject of the first one has a first-person possessor ('my'), while the subject of the second has a third-person possessor ('Mary'). We see that in the second sentence the verb has an extra ending wan, which is an obviative ending. Whenever an Animate Intransitive verb has a third-person subject which has a third-person possessor, the verb must have the obviative ending. The diagram below illustrates the structure of this type of obviative sentence. ad M~aughter is playing. Menii otaan)hsm metawewan. he Further Third- Person Possessed ~ t i v e suffix La ke (obviative noun) What is the SUBJECT of the VERB? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.is the subject of the verb. (Menii) {Otaanihsan) Example: Menii otaanihsan metawewan. -~Ob'.v1at1ve Suffixes 0 65 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Review Exercise: r 1. Write the following sentences in Ojibwe. Underline the noun suffixes (an) and the verb suffixes (wan). Corrections are on page 112. a. Sarah's grandmother is sleeping. b. io n John's (older) brother is hunting. at C. uc Bonnie's son is eating. Ed d. of Peter's dog is hungry. cu l Susan's (younger) sister is going away (leaving). f. Fa Samson's friend is sick. g. sit y Anna's grandfather is working. er h. ni v Jane's (older) sister is angry. i. U Debbie's father is getting out of bed. ad j. Rewrite some of the sentences above using Past, Present and Future tenses. ke 2. he Ruby's husband is making (building) a fire. La ( ty e. 66 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise C More AI Verbs with Obviative Subjects We will continue to examine some more examples to study what features an obviative has. 0 Third Person Possessor \~daughter is playing. io at ~iative · Suffix uc Further Third-Person Possessed n -Otaanihsan I - metawewan. - of Ed (obviative noun) ty What is the SUBJECT of the VERB? cu l OTAANIHSAN is the subject of the verb. Fa Example: er 0 ni v Review exercise. In this exercise some of the sentences have obviative subjects while others do not. Check the previous section if you need to review these different types of subjects. Where present, underline the noun suffixes (an) and the verb suffixes (wan). Corrections are on page 113. he a. ad U 1. Suffixes sit ~ ProLminal Prefix y Qtaanihsin metawewan b. ke Her friend is going home. La My friend is going home. c. His dog is sleeping. d. My dog is sleeping. 0 e. My son is sick. 67 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS r f. Her son is sick. g. His mother is cooking. h. io n My mother is cooking. at 1. uc Her sock is black. Ed J. Rewrite some of the sentences above using Past and Future tenses. Fa cu l ty 2. of My sock is black. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 68 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise D II Verbs with Obviative In this exercise, we will continue studying how to form sentences using Inanimate Intransitive verbs with obviative endings Q The structure of the second sentence is illustrated in Example l(a). / sit 0 er What is the subject of the .Ym2? y Fa cu l ty Mary's food tastes good. Menii omiicimi..m minohpikwanini. F ~ Third-person (Obviative noun) at of Third Person Possessor uc My food tastes good. Mary's food tastes good. Nimiicimim minohpikwan. Menii omiicimim minohpikwanini. Ed (a) (b) io n Just like Animate Intransitive verbs, Inanimate Intransitive verbs may have a subject that has a thirdperson possessor. In this case, there is no obviative suffix on the noun. However, the II verb will have an obviative suffix ini (or ni if the verb ends in a vowel). Compare the following two sentences: ni v _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is the subject of the verb. (Mary) (food) U Example #1 (b) presents more information about this sentence. he ad ~icimim Inanimate P~ssive ~erb ~iative Noun Suffix Suffix La ke Pronominal Prefix minohpikwanini. 0 69 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 I. r Review Exercise: Translate the following sentences into Ojibwe. Underline the Verb suffixes (ni). Corrections are on page 113. a. Her coat is yellow. b. n His house is white. io C. Joan's hat is black. at d. uc Bruce's gun is broken. e. Ed John's plane is red. f. of His axe is sharp. g. ty Susan's food is hot. cu l h. Matthew's canoe is green. Fa i. Sally's camera is grey. j. y Peter's shirt is brown. sit ( er Note: These are some of the Il verbs in the sentences above: Translate the following sentences below. Indicate beside each sentence which is an AI Verb and which is an IT Verb. Underline the obviative endings. The first two have been done for you. Corrections are on page 113. ke he 2. ad U ni v • sharp - kaashaa • be hot - kishite • nice - minwaahshin a. La VAiorVIl b. VAI VII Opiinahikan piikoshkaani Her purse is broken. Saanii omihsens!!l kiiwewan Sally's (older) sister is going home. c._ _ __ His car is red. ~ d._ _ John's canoe is blue. 70 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 e. Her son is running. 1 0 f. Joyce's dog is walking. g. His shoe's are brown. h. n Henry's tent is hot. io i. at My grandmother's tipi is cold. uc j. Nancy's daughter is coming home. Ed k. Her car is stopped. of I. ty His dog is going downhill. cu l Think of four sentences of your own to write in the spaces provided below. Fa a. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ -------------------------------------------------- sit y b._ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ 0 er -------------------------------------------------- ni v c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U -------------------------------------------------- ad d._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke he -------------------------------------------------- 0 71 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise E TA Verbs with Obviative { Transitive Animate with a Specified Object. Tansitive Animate verbs may also have obviative forms. Compare the following two sentences which both have an animate grammatical object. Nipaashk.iswaa moos. Ciimii Qpaashkiswaan moosQQJ!. I'm shooting the moose. Jimmy is shooting a moose. n (a) (b) of Ed uc at io Both sentences have a third-person animate grammatical object ('moose'). The first sentence has a first-person grammatical subject ('I'). The second sentence has a third-person grammatical subject ("Jimmy'). Notice that the second sentence has an extra ending non the verb and an ending oon on the object noun. Both of these are obviative endings. In a sentence with a Transitive Animate verb if both the subject and the object are third-person, then one of them must be obviative. In the type of sentence presented here, it is the object that is obviative. ty Listen and look carefully as the instructor goes through the example sentence below. cu l Jimmy is shooting a moose. Ciimii o hki waan moosoon. Fa ru! ( S~fied~eNoun TA verb y Person Subject Suffix sit Object er Obviative Verb Suffix Before doing the exercises, make sure you understand the examples above. Underline the Noun and Verb suffixes. Corrections are on page 114. U 1. ni v Pronominal Prefix ad a. ___________________________________ he Rose is eating bread. ke b.___________________________________ La John is cooking a partridge. c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Bob is looking for an animal. d. ___________________________________ James is feeding his dog. e.___________________________________ Tony loves his son. f. ___________________________________ \;::; Susan is visiting her friend. (within community) 72 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 g. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Peter is talking to his mother. h._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Thomas knows Sally. 0 i._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Maggie is snaring a rabbit. j._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n Steven is trapping a beaver. Now, try to write two or three sentences of your own with obviative endings and using the Past, Present and Future tenses. 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by repeating the sentences in section 1 (a-j). 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 2. 0 73 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise F r Tl Verbs with Obviative Transitive Inanimate with a Specified Object. Listen and look carefully as the instructor goes through the example sentence below. io ty a. Joyce is looking after the house. cu l b. Fa Allen dropped the gun. C. y Mary is looking at the lake. d. sit ( at Ed Before doing the exercises, make sure you understand the example above. Underline the Verb obviative suffixes. Corrections are on page 114. of 1. Obviative Noun Suffix uc r First/ TI\erb Spelfied Third Object Person Obviative Pronominal Verb Suffix Prefix n Anna is cutting a meat. Aana okiishkishaa ~ e. ni v Tony loves the house. er Sam is cooking some moose meat. f. U Peter is taking an outboard motor. g. he h. ad Susan is writing a book. ke Albert is using a canoe. 1. j. La Rose is cutting meat. Joe is thinking about the plane. ~ 2. Now, try to write two or three sentences of your own with obviative endings and using the Past, Present and Future Tenses. 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by repeating the sentences in section I (a-j). 74 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise G Independent Ver~s So far, we have been looking at sentences with verbs that can stand alone, and express a complete thought. Below are more sentences of these kind. The sentences are written in English. Translate them into the Native language. Corrections are on page 114. 1. Q Review exercise for Independent Order verbs. n a. io He wants to go hunting tomorrow. at b. uc Are you going today? C. Ed I found your dog yesterday. d. of I will talk to you later. e. ty She wants to go home soon. cu l f. They are leaving right away. Fa g. h. sit We will go later. (Exclusive) y We will g~ later. (Inclusive) er i. 0 ni v Are you going to work tomorrow? (Plural) j. U When did he/she arrive? La ke he ad Note: Review the translations you just wrote. Is each one a complete statement?_ _ __ Underline the Independent verbs. 0 75 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. r Review exercise for verbs that cannot stand alone. These are called Conjunct Verbs. Translate each of the following incomplete sentences !nto Ojibwe and underline the conjunct verbs. Corrections are on page 115. a. While I was working. n b. io If he/she comes soon. at C. uc When you arrive, d. Ed After you finish eating, e. of Before it rains, f. ty If they come, cu l g. (Plural) While you're gone, Fa h. (Inclusive) ( i. j. Think of your own sentences to write below. U 3. ni v Before I sleep. (Exclusive) er sit After we have done working, y When we arrive, (over there) ad a. _________________________________ he b .._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke c .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La d._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 76 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise H ,Independent and Conjunct Verbs In this review exercise, we will put two clauses together. The clauses are written in English. Translate them into the Severn dialect. Underline the conjunct verbs once and the independent verbs twice. Corrections are on page 115. Q a.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ io n I'll leave before it rains. b . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at Are you going home after the snow falls? uc c._________________________________ While he was working. his spouse left. Ed d. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of If it costs too much, don't buy it. e._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l ty After we eat, we will go. (Inclusive} f . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ After I ate, she arrived. Fa g. If the weather is nice, I will be coming home soon. y h. sit I will work if the weather is nice. 1. 0 er When do you want to go home? ni v j. I will go home when the weather is nice. U k. ad When did he leave? I. ke m. he After you left, the baby cried. Do you want to work before the snow falls? n. La 1. If you sick, I will sick too. o. I will go home after I have finished working. 0 77 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. r Think of your own sentences to write below. a. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ b._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n d . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 78 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise I More Independent and Conjunct Verbs We have already learned that in sentences containing several clauses, verbs that are in the Conjunct Order will frequently have a particle or a preverb before them. Q after before io Preverbs ishkwaamwaye- at if while/during when when? of Ed uc Particles kiishpin mekwaac. ahpii aanahpii? n Here is the list of the particles and preverbs. ty We are going to continue to do some more exercises joining Independent Clauses and Conjunct Clauses. In this review exercise, the sentences are written in Severn Ojibwe. Please translate them into cu l 1. Fa English. Corrections are on page 115. Conjunct Clause Independent Clause Nikiiwe b. C. kiishpin mino-kiishikaak? Ebe, nika-anohkii waapank kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. ad he mekwaac sookihpwaninink. K.ika-pootawenaawaa na mwaye-kimiwank? La g. ke Ta-maacaawak f. 0 U K.ika-anohkii na waapank d. e. ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyank. ni v K.ika-kiiwemin (incl.) er sit y a. Nilcii-nanaantawaapamaamin (excl.) mekwaac kii-tipihkaak. Ta-maacaa ahpii ishkwaa-aahkosic. Niwii-wiihsin mwaye-anohkiiyaan. K.iwii-nanaantawaapamaa na kitaanihs mwaye-tipihkaak? h. i. J. 79 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 2. In the following exercise each of the verbs in the first column is in the conjunct. The corresponding verb in the second column expresses the same person and number but is in the independent. Translate each of them into English so that you can compare the differences in meaning. Then underline each verb and circle the preverbs and particle. Sections 2 and 3 corrections are on page 116. Independent Clause Conjunct Clause a. nipaa Ishkwaa-anohkiic, anohkii Mekwaac kii-wiihsiniyan, niwiihsin Mwaye-pootawewaac pootawewak n Ahpii nipaac, at io b. Ed d. of e. (already a complete thought.) ty Aanahpii waa-k.iiweyan? Now try translating the following complete Severn Ojibwe sentences into English. cu l 3. uc c. y Nika-ayamihaa ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. b. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er sit Kika-ayamihaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? c._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Oka-ayamihaan na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsinic(t)? ni v d. _________________________________ U Nik.ii-.kiiwemin ahpii kaa-ishkwaa-sookihpwank. (exclusive) e., _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ________________________________ ad Kiishpin kimiwak kaawin nika-maacaahsiimin. (exclusive) {., he Kika-minihkwemin na ahpii ishkwaa-nipaayank? (inclusive) ke g.__________________________________ Mekwaac kii-tipihkaak niwiiciiwaakan k.ii-kiimooci-maacaa. h. __________________________________ La ( Fa a. __________________________________ __________________________________ Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan nitayihsh kii-nipo. )., Niwii-niim mwaye-wiihsiniyaan. J·---------------------------------Kiwii-pimipahtoo na mwaye-nipaayan? 80 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Unit 1 Review Section This lesson contains review materials for Lessons 1 through 5. For most of the exercises your instructor will dictate words or sentences for you to write. You can do the first review exercise for Lesson 5 on your own. You may find it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. 0 n Lesson I Review Test: Twenty-Four Items maank loon na 13. 2. wiikwaahs birchbark ni 14. 15. Fa 3. 16. 4. 17. sit y 5. er 19. ni v 7. 20. U 8. 21. ad 9. 22. he 10. ke 23. 24. La 12. 0 18. 6. 11. Gender ty 1. Translation cu l Translation of Noun Gender Noun Ed uc at io Your instructor will say twenty-four items from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson L Listen carefully as the instructor says each noun. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe, write the English translation, and write 'the gender of the Ojibwe word. The spaces are provided for you below. The first two responses have been done for you. Corrections are on page 117. Note: Be sure to check your Ojibwe spelling after you have written the words! 0 81 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: How Much Does It Cost? Translation Native Language one cent peshik piiwaapihkohsh uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty 5. cu l 6. Fa 7. y 8. sit 9. ke he ad U ni v er 10. La ( n Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and give the English translation. The space is provided for you below. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 118. io 1. at r This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the words for amounts of money from one cent to twenty dollars on page 12. 82 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Useful Expressions: 2. ' Before you begin, review the words from (a - p) on page 20. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and give the English translation. The space is provided for you below. Corrections are on page 119. Q Translation Native Language n a. io h. at c. uc d. Ed e. of f. ty e:. cu l h. Fa i. Ii. sit y k er I 0 ni v m U n. ad o. he p. La ke Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are done. 0 83 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 3 Review Test: What Are They Doing? Your instructor will say twelve Animate Intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned on page 27. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. corrections are on page 120. Enelish Translation at io Animate Intransitive Verbs uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty 5. cu l 6. Fa 7. y 8. sit 9. ni v er 10. 11. ad U 12. ke he Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are done. La ( n r 84 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Possessive Forms of Animate Nouns Lesson 4 Review Test: This review test has nine sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 38. 1. Q io n Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Sections 1 and 2 corrections are on page 121. Translation at Animate Nouns uc a. Ed b. of C. d. cu l ty e. f. Fa g. y h. sit i. ni v er J. 0 k. ad U l. La ke he Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. 0 85 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Possessive Forms of Inanimate Nouns: r 2. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 38. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Translation Inanimate Nouns io n a. at b. uc IC Ed rl of IP ty f ty cu l h y i sit k. ni v er I. ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and transition when you have finished. La ( Fa i 86 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Four Directions: ' The four directions are particles. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 43. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translations. Space is provided for your answers. Sections 2 and 3 corrections are on page 122. Translation io Four Directions n 3. 0 uc at a. Ed b. of c. cu l ty d. Seasons: sit Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Ojibwe and also write the English translations. Space is provided for your answers. er 4. y Fa The four seasons are Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (VII). Before you begin, review the spelling and translations of the words on page 45. Translation ni v Intransitive Inanimate Verb U a. he ke La d. ad b. C. 0 0 87 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Days of the Week: The days of the week are Inanimate Intransitive Verbs (VIl). Before you begin, review the spelling and translations of the words on page 47. 5. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word, and then fill in the spaces below. Sections 1 and 2 corrections are on page 123. Intransitive Inanimate Verb Translation n a. io b. at C. uc d. Ed e. f. of e:. cu l ty Months of the Year: Listen carefully as the instructor says each word, and then fill in the spaces below. y 6. Animate Nouns ni v er I~ h U (' ad d f La fJ ke he IP h sit ( Fa The months of the year are Animate Nouns (na). Review the spelling and translation on page 49 before doing the review test. ; ; Ir I ~ Note: Check your spelling when you have done. 88 Translation �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson S: Independent and Conjunct Verbs In this review test, you will be translating sentences into the Native language. Spaces are provided below for your answers. 7. 0 After completing your translations, the instructor will give you the correct Severn Ojibwe sentence. Corrections are on page 124. n a. io After I have done working, I'll be going home. at b. uc I want to go before it rains. c. Ed While you were playing, your dog left. d. of Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. e. ty If you are afraid, get up! cu l f. g. I'll be leaving after I have done eating. I want to dance before it snows. 0 er i. sit y h. Fa When do you want to go home? ni v Your son came home while you were sleeping. J. U When do you want to work? ad Note to Instructors and students: La ke he This section somehow got mixed up. As indicated above, this is Lesson 5 review exercise. 0 89 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE- UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Colours: ( ' Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words on page 58. 8. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. Space is provided below for your answers. Corrections are on page 125. Translation AI verbs io n a. at b. uc C. Ed d. of e. ty f. cu l 1?,. Translation y a. sit b. er c. ni v d. U e. ad f. he g, ke Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. La ( Fa II verbs 90 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Descriptions: We have learned some descriptive words which are Animate Intransitive verbs (VAI). Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words on page 61. 9. Listen carefully as your instructor says each of the descriptive words. Space is provided for you below. Corrections are on page 126. Spelling n Translation io a. uc at b. Ed C. d. of e. ty f. cu l fl. Fa h. y i. sit j. ni v I. U m. ad n. La ke he 0. q. 0 er k. p. Q Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. This is the end of UNIT 1; Lessons 1- 6. 0 91 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT l; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Animate Nouns: Translations on this page are on page 127. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n niyaananwaapihk ociimitoo-piihsim okaahs pahkweshikan peshik piiwaapihkohsh peshikoshaap tahswaapihk peshikwaapihk peshishooniyaahsh pinaahkiiwi-piihsim saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk saankahswaapihk sakime sakipakaawi-piihsim shooniyaan tihtipwepishkikan waahtepakiiwi-piihsim miikihsi.kwaahson pakiciwin pinaahkwaan piinahikan shooniyaawash wiikwaahs ad U ni v ahcikanaahtik ataawikamik cahkaahtehsicikan maacii-kitowin maacishikan masinaahtehsicikan sit y Inanimate Nouns: he Animate Intransitive Verbs: ke aacipo aniipiiwisi ataawe ihkwaamaciwe ihkwaatawe inakiso ishi-naakosi kihkinooharnaake kihtimi kinokaapawi La ( mitaahswaapihk name namekohs nihki-piihsim nihsoshaap tahswaapihk nihswaapihk niishitana tahswaapihk niishoshaap tahswaapihk niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk niishwaahswaapihk niishwaapihk niiwaapihk niiwishaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk Fa aapih tawaapihk atihtemini-piihsim atihkamek ayinaanewaapihk ayinaanewishaap tahswaapi hk cwaapiihsh kaa-tahkwekisoc-piihsim kashkatinoo-piihsim kiishipakawi-piihsim kinepik koohkoohkohoo maank mahko-piihsim makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim memenkwe mikisiiwi-piihsim mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh er r Le~ons 1-S kinwaanihkwe maci-naakosi mahkatewaanihkwe mahkatwisi miihsaweshkishii miishitoone mino-naakosi miskosi miskwaanihkwe naacimiicine 92 naanipaawe naasipii natawihiwe osaawaanihkwe osaawisi oshaawashkosi paawanii pimipahtoo pimitaacimo pimohse pitikosi tahkohkaapawi tahkwaanihkwe takahki-naakosi tiihtipaamaciwe tiihtipaatawe tihtipanaweyaanihkwe waapisahisi waap1s1 waahkaahike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: Translations on this page are on page 128. osaawaa oshaawashkwaa pahkweshikani-kiishikaa pipoon siikwan takwaakin waapaa waapisahaa 0 io n maatinawe-kiishikaa mahkatewaa minwaashin miskwaa niipin niisho-kiishi.kaa nii wi-kiishikaa oncinowe aapihtawan aniipiiwaa anohkiiwi-kiishikaa ayamihe-kiishikaa inakite ishi-naakwan kaashaa kishaakamite uc at Transitive Animate Verbs: naasihkaw Ed inentam of Transitive Inanimate Verbs: inentan ty naasihkan cu l Particles: shaawanonk waapanonk Fa kiiwetinonk nikaapiihanonk sit y Expressions: La ke he ad U ni v er Aan enakisoc(t)? Aan enakitek? Aani minikohk? Aan enakimac? Aan enakimaac? Aan enakitaman? Aan enakitank? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Aan eshi-kiishikaak noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Aan enasinaasoc(t)? Aan enasinaatek? Anahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Anahpii ta-siikwan eshinaman? Anahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? 0 Anahpii ta-takwaakin eshinaman? Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? Aanti wencinowek? Kekonen ataaweyan? Kekonenini ataawec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? Kekonen ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? Kekonenini.waa-ataawaakec(t)? Wiipac ina ta•pipoon kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-siikwan kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-niipin kitinentaan? Wiipac ina ta-takwaakin kitinentaan? 0 93 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1: What are they? 23, 15, 12, 11, I, 17, 22) owl table pickerel flour 11) 15) 19) 23) 4) lake trout 8) butterfly 12) jackfish 16) comb 20) telephone 24) scissors n 7) sturgeon wallet beaded article white fish snake television Answers 8, 10, 14, 18, 7, 19, 4, 22, 20, 5, 21 2, 16, I 3, 24, ty 6, 6) money 10) 14) 18) Exercise B: 9, 3, 3) io I 7) 21) 2) birchbark uc 9) 13) loon purse mosquito airport bicycle camera Ed 1) 5) Aan entootamowaac(t)? at Exercise A: of r cu l Exercise D: maank wiikwaahs name namekohs piinahikan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memenkwe sakime koohkoohkohoo miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaahtik atihkamek pinaahkwaan tihtipwepishkikan okaahs kinepik maaciikitoowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaahtehsicikan maacishikan 2. I. f 2. m Fa I. 3. r 4. b 5. 0 U ad C 19. 20. 21. 22. s 23. n 24. h X e u w j Answers La ke Exercise E: I a d q he 6. 10. V 11. p 12. q 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. ni v 7. t 8. k 9. i er sit y ( 1. 7. 13. 19. animate inanimate inanimate animate 2. 8. 14. 20. inanimate animate inanimate inanimate 3. 9. 15. 21. animate animate animate inanimate 94 4. 10. 16. 22. animate animate inanimate animate 5. 11. 17. 23. inanimate inanimate animate inanimate 6. 12. 18. 24. animate animate animate inanimate �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise F: io you see s.t. animate you eat s.t. animate you are looking for s.t. animate you like the taste of s.t. animat you kill s.t. aniamate you need/want s.t. animate you take care of s.t. animate you cook s.t. animate you pack s.t. animate you love s.t. animate you think about s.t. animate of Ed uc I see s. t. animate I eat s.t. animate I am looking for s.t. animate I like the taste of s.t. animate I kill s.t. animate I need/want s.t. animate I take care of s.t. animate I cook s.t. animate I pack s.t. animate I love s.t. animate I think about s.t. animate n 0 (second person subject) at YIA (first person subject) Examples: Fa cu l ty Do you see a loon? Yes, I see a loon. No, I don't see a loon. YII (second person subject) er you see s.t. inanimate you eat s.t. inanimate you are looking for s.t. inanimate you like the taste of s.t. inanimate you kill s.t. inanimate you need/want s.t. inanimate you take care of s.t. inanimate you cook s.t. inanimate you pack s.t. inanimate you love s.t. inanimate you think of s.t. inanimate 0 La ke he ad U ni v I see s.t. inanimate I eat s.t. inanimate I am looking for s.t. inanimate I like the taste of s.t. inanimate I kill s.t. inanimate I need/want s.t. inanimate I take care of s.t. inanimate I cook s.t. inanimate I pack s.t. inanimate I love s.t. inanimate I think of s.t. inanimate sit y (first person subject) Examples: Do you see the airport? Yes. I see the airport. I don't see the airport. 0 95 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G: Exercise H: ad he La 2. of 2 23 5 ty 11 12 3 17 7 20 10 21 18 cu l Fa oon ak ak wak wak wak an an k ak k an U ahcikanaahtik namekohs shooniyaan atikamek kinep maank pinaahkwaan maacishikan sakime pahkweshikan memenkwe pakiciiwin ke m na na na na na ni m na na na ni sit 8 13 Exercise I: 1. y 9 22 ni v ( wiikwaahs masinaahtesicikan piinahikan miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maaciikitoowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtesicikan okaahs 14 4 6 15 19 1 16 24 er ahcikanaahtik namekohs shooniyaan atikamek kinepik maank pinaahkwaan maacishikan sakime pahkweshikan memenkwe pakiciiwin ni ni ni ni na na na ni ni na ni na wiikwaahs masinaahtesicikan piinahikan miikihsikwaahson cwaapiihsh name tihtipwepishkikan shooniyaawash maaciikitoowin koohkoohkohoo cahkaahtesicikan okaahs Review the plural endings: The ending k. ak, wak, are heard on animate nouns. The ending an, oon, are heard on inanimate nouns. The plural endings of "animate'' nouns are k. ak, wak. The plural endings of ''inanimate" nouns are an, oon. 96 ni Ill na Ill na na na ni ni na ni ni n io 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Niwaapantaan pakiciiwin. Niwaapantaan ahcikanaahtik. Niwaapamaa atikamek. Niwaapantaan pinaahkwaan. Niwaapamaa tihtipwepishkikan. Niwaapamaa okaahs. Niwaapamaa kinepik. Niwaapantaan maaciikitoowin. Niwaapantaan cahkaahtesicikan. Niwaapamaa pahkweshikan. Niwaapantaan masinaahtesicikan. Niwaapantaan maacishikan. at 5. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. na ni na na m na ni na na na ni na uc r Niwaapamaa maank. Niwaapantaan wiikwaahs. Niwaapamaa name. Niwaapamaa namekohs. Niwaapantaan piinahikan. Niwaapamaa shooniyaan. Niwaapantaan shooniyaawash. Niwaapamaa memenkwe. Niwaapamaa sakime. Niwaapamaa koohkoohkohoo. Niwaapantaan miikihsikwaahson. Niwaapamaa cwaapiihsh. Ed 1. 2. 3. 4. an an an an ak wak ak an an k an ak �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise J: Note:Review spelling test will be done by the instructor. 0 Lesson 2: Exercise A: 1. e 2. f 7. b 3. g 8. d io y er sit 0 5. a 10. C 4. i 9. j he Exercise D: 1. Examples: 7. niishwaapihk 8. niyaananwaapihk 9. mitaahswaapihk 10. niishitana tahswaapihk ad 6. h 6. peshikwaapihk ni v 1. peshik piiwaapihkohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh 4. peshishooniyaahsh 5. aapihtawaapihk U 2. Fa Exercise C: 1. at cu l ty 3. ten cents 4. quarter 5. half-dollar of 6. one dollar 7. two dollars 8. five dollars 9. ten dollars 10. twenty dollars Ed Exercise B: 1. one cent 2. five cents n 6. peshikwaapihk 7. niishwaapihk 8. niyaananwaapihk 9. mitaahswaapihk 10. niishitana tahswaapihk uc 1. peshik piiwaapihkohsh 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh 4. peshishooniyaahsh 5. aapihtawaapihk La ke Comb Q. How much does it cost? (inanimate) A. It costs one dollar. White fish Q. How much does it cost? (animate) A. It cost on dollar. 2. This section will be done by the student. Check your answers with your instructor. 3. This section will be done by the student. Follow the instructions. 97 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: r Note: Sections I and 2 translations are done in text. 3. HowMuch? ni v Q. How much? 9 10 11 6) 7) 8) 9) 12 13 14 15 La 3) 4) 5) 10) 7 6 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 5 4 3 2 16) 22 21 20 23 18 he 2) ke 8 ad Exercise G: 1) ty cu l Fa A. One dollar. U Exercise F: Example: er sit ( y peshikoshaap tahswaapihk. niishoshaap tahswaapihk. nihsoshaap tahswaapihk. niiwishaap tahswaapihk. niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk. ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk. niishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk. ayinaanewishaap tahswaapihk. saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk. niishitana tahswaapihk. of Ed uc at io n peshikwaapihk niishwaapihk nihswaapihk niiwaapihk niyaananwaapihk ninkotwaahswaapihk niishwaahswaapihk ayinaanewaapihk saankahswaapihk mitaahswaapihk 17) 18) 19) 20) I 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) Exercise H: (;_ J Note: Translations are done in text. 98 17 16 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 19 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: Answers What are you selling? What is he selling? What do you want to sell? What does he want to sell? I am selling lake trout. He is selling lake trout. I want to sell a purse. He wants to sell a purse. Questions Answers a) b) Are you buying something? Is he buying something? Yes, I'm buying flour. Yes, he's buying flour. a) b) Are you buying something? Is he buying something? No, I'm not buying anything. No, I'm not buying anything. a) b) What are you selling? What is he selling? a) b) How much are you charging for white fish? How much are you charging for scissors? I'm charging $2.00. I'm charging $4.00. a) b} How much is he charging for white fish? How much is he charging for scissors? He is charging $2.00. He is charging $2.00. a) b) c) d) ( at uc Ed of U Sections 1 and 2 corrections will be done by the instructor. ad Exercise K: he Done in text. La ke Note: ty cu l Fa y sit ni v Exercise J: Note: I'm selling a beaded article. He is selling a beaded article. er 2. io n I. Questions 99 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3 1) 2) 3) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) ihkwaamaciwe tiihtipaatawe ihkwaatawe waahkaahike pimitaacimo io 4) 5) 6) 7) tiihtipaamaciwe pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii n r Exercise A 10) 11) 12) walking upstairs building a house crawling Exercise C 5) Note: Fa Corrections will be done by the instructor. ad ExerciseD I am walking. You are walking. He/she is walking. (2) I am running You are running. He/she is running. (3) I am yawning. You are yawning. He/she is yawning. (4) I am healing. You are healing. He/she is healing. (5) I am going to get food. You are going to get food. He/she is going to get food. (6) I am going to the shore. You are going to the shore. He/she is going to the shore. (7) I am going down the hill. You are going down the hill. He/she is going down the hill. (8) I am going up the hill. You are going up the hill. He/she is going up the hill. ke he (1) La c ihkwaatawe waahkaahike pimitaacimo U 2. 10) 11) 12) ni v 6) y 3) 4) 7) tiihtipaamaciwe 8) ihkwaamaciwe 9) tiihtipaatawe sit ( pimohse pimipahtoo naanipaawe natawihiwe naacimiicime naasipii er 1) 2) 1. Ed walking up the hill 9) walking downstairs of 4) 5) 6) 8) ty 2) 3) 7) walking down the hill walking nmnmg yawning healing going for food going to the shore cu l I) uc at Exercise B 100 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION (10) I am climbing up by ladder or stairs. I am climbing down by ladder or stairs. You are climbing down by ladder or stairs. He/she is climbing down by ladder or stairs. You are climbing up by ladder qr stairs. He/she is climbing up by ladder or stairs. (12) I am crawling. ( 11) I am building a house. You are building a house. He/she is building a house. You are crawling. He/she is crawling. ninaanipaawe nitiihtipaamaciwe niwaahkaahik.e You're kipimohse kinaacimiicime kitiihtipaatawe kipimipahtoo kinaasipii kitihkwaatawe kinaanipaawe kitiihtipaamaciwe kiwaahkaahike He/she's pimohse naacimiicime tiihtipaatawe pimipahtoo naasipii ihkwaatawe naanipaawe tiihtipaatawe waahkaahike kinatawihiwe kitihkwaamaciwe kipimitaacim Ed of ty natawihiwe ihkwaamaciwe pimitaacimo cu l kaawin nipimohsehiin kaawin nipimipahtoohsiin kaawin ninaanipaawehsiin kaawin natawihiwehsiin kaawin ninaacimicimehsiin kaawin ninaasipiihsiin kaawin nitiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin nitihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin nitiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin nitihkwaatawehsiin kaawin niwaahkaahikehsiin kaawin nipimitaacimohsiin er sit y Fa I'm not ninatawihiwe nitihkwaamaci we nipimitaacim n nipimipahtoo ninaasipii nitihkwaatawe io nipimohse ninaacimiicimer nitiihtipaatawe uc 2. I'm 3. kaawin kipimohsehsiin kaawin kipimipahtoohsiin kaawin kinaanipaawehsiin kaawin kinatawihiwehsiin kaawin kinaacimiicimehsiin kaawin kinaasipiihsiin he ad U ni v You're not La ke He/she's not 0 at (9) kaawin pimohsehsiin kaawin pimipahtoohsiin kaawin naanipaawehsiin kaawin natawihiwehsiin kaawin naacimiicimehsiin kaawin naasipiihsiin 0 kaawin kitiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin kitihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin kitiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin kitihkwaatawehsiin kaawin kiwaahkaahikehsiin kaawin kipimitaacimohsiin kaawin tiihtipaamaciwehsiin kaawin ihkwaamaciwehsiin kaawin tiihtipaatawehsiin kaawin ihkwaatawehsiin kaawin waahkaahikehsiin kaawin pimitaacimohsiin Exercise E Examples: Q. Aie you walking? Q. Is Sally walking? A. or A. or 101 Yes, I am walking I am not walking. Yes, Sally is walking. Sally is not walking. 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION D. What will you be doing tomorrow? I don't know. I am not exactly sure yet. What about you. what will you be doing? I want to run/jog. I am getting too lazy. Do you want to run/jog too? Yes. I want to run to. I am getting too fat to. io What is your son doing? He/she is crawling. He/she is not walking yet. Oh yeah! Are you teaching him/her to walk? Yes. I am teaching him/her to walk. He/she should be walking soon. at C. uc Where are you going? I am going to the shore. What are you going to do at the shore? I want to get ready to go hunt tomorrow. Oh yeah! Who will go with you? My son is coming with me. Ed B. of Hello my friend. What are you doing? I am just leaving. Oh yeah! Where are you going? Store. What are you fetching? I am going to get food. I will go with you. ty A. y sit er ni v U ke he ad Note: Sections 2 and 3 are done by the student. La ( Fa cu l r l. n Exercise F 102 �INTERMEDIATE OilBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G . 0 We are walking. (excl.) We are walking. (incl.) You are walking. (pl) They are walking. (2) We are running. (excl.) We are running. (incl.) You are running. (pl) They are running. (3) We are yawning. (excl.) We are yawning. (incl.) You are yawning. (pl) They are yawning. (4) We are healing. (excl.) We are healing. (incl.) You are healing. (pl) They are healing. (5) We are fetching food. (excl.) We are fetching food. (incl.) You are fetching food. (pl) They are fetching food. (6) We are going to the shore. (excl.) We are going to the shore. (incl.) You are going to the shore. (pl) They are going to the shore. (7) We are going down the hill. (excl.) We are going down the hill. (incl.) You are going down the hill. (pl) They are going down the hill. (8) We are going up the hill. (excl.) We are going up the hill. (incl.) You are going up the hill. (pl) They are going up the hill. (9) We are climbing down.(excl.) We are climbing down. (incl.) You are climbing down. (pl) They are climbing down. (10) We are climbing up. (excl.) io at uc ni v We are crawling. (incl.) You are crawling. (pl) They are crawling. Are you walking? (pl) Yes, we're walking. (excl.) Are you walking? (pl) No, we are not walking. (excl.) Q. A. Q. A. Are we walking? (incl.) Yes, we are walking. (incl.) Are we walking? (incl.) No, we are not walking. (incl.) Q. A. Q. A. Are they walking? Yes, they are walking. Are they walking? No, they are not walking. La he ad Q. A. Q. A. ke Examples: 0 U Exercise H Ed of ty cu l Fa y (12) We are crawling. (excl.) er We are building a house. (incl.) You are building a house. (pl) They are building a house. We are climbing up. (incl.) You are climbing up. (pl) They are climbing up. sit (11) We are building a house. (excl.) n (1) Note: Section 2 will be done by the student. 103 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I 1 I am running. 2 You are running. 3 He/she is running. I I am yawning. 2 You are yawning. 3 He/she is yawning. 13 We are walking. (excl.) 21 We are walking. (incl.) 22 You are walking. (pl) 33 They are walking. 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 t) 2. 1 nipimohse 2 kipimohse 3 pimohse 13 21 22 33 of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v La ke u) v) U g) h) i) j) k) 1) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) ad f) I am not walking. Yes, he/she is running. Are you yawning? I want to get food. I am healing. Is Jane going to the shore? Do you want to go down the hill now? I am building a house today. Are they going up hill? We will not be climbing down. (excl.) We were climbing up yesterday. (excl.) The baby is crawling. Are they climbing down? Do you want to walk today? (pl) Are they going to build the house tomorrow? We will run. Were you healing? Do you want to build the house too? Is the boy crawling too? We want to get food tomorrow. (excl.) We don't want to run. (excl.) We will not be walking. (incl.) he a) b) c) d) e) Ed Exercise J ( n at Sections 2 and 3 will be done by the student. Note: 1. We are yawning. (excl.) We are yawning. (incl.) You are yawning. (pl) They are yawning. io We are running. (excl.) We are running. (incl.) You are running. (pl) They are running. uc r 1 I am walking. 2 You are walking. 3 He/she is walking. nipimohsemin (excl.) kipimohsemin (incl.) kipimohsenaawaa (pl) pimohsewak 104 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4 Exercise A: n cu l 1 my purse 2 your purse 3 his/her purse 0 er sit y 1 my sturgeon 2 your sturgeon 3 his/her sturgeon ni v Translations in plurals are done in the text. nipinaahkwaan kipinaahkwaan opinaahkwaan nimemenkweminaan kimemenkweminaan k.imemenkwemiwaa omemenkwemiwaa nipinaahkwaaninaan kipinaahkwaaninaan kipinaahkwaaniwaa •pinaahkwaaniwaa nitahcikanaahtik kitahcikanaahtik otahcikanaahtik nimiikisikwaahson kimiikisikwaahson omiikisikwaahson nipahkweshikanim kipahkweshikanim opahkweshikanim nitahcikanaahtikonaan kitahcikanaahtikonaan kitahcikanaahtikaw aa otahcikanaahtikowaa nimiikisikwaahsoninaan kiimiikisi.kwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoniwaa omiikisikwaahsoniwaa nipahkweshikaniminaan kipahkweshikaniminaan kipahkweshikanimiwaa opahkweshikanimiwaa ad U nimemenk.wem kimemenkwem omemenkweman nishooniyaanim kishooniyaanim oshooniyaaniman ke he nishooniyaanirninaan kishooniyaanirninaan kishooniyaanimiwaa oshooniyaanimiwaa La 3. io of 1 my birchbark 2 your birchbark 3 his/her birchbark 1 my loon 2 your loon 3 his/her loon Note: at my birchbark my purse my wallet my beaded article my airport my table my comb my bicycle my telephone my telephone my television my scissors uc my loon my sturgeon my lake trout my money my butterfly my mosquito my owl my jackfish my whitefish my pickeral my snake my flour Ed Inanimate Fa 2. 0 Animate ty 1. 105 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION nishooniyaawash kishooniyaawash oshooniyaawash nishooniyaaniminaan k.ishooniy aaniminaan kishooniyaanimiwaa oshooniyaanimiwaa nishooniyaawashinaan kishooniyaawashinaan kishooniyaawashiwaa oshooniyaawashiwaa nimemenkwem kimemenkwem omemenkweman nimiikisikwaahson kimiikisikwaahson omiikisikwaahson nimemenkweminaan kimemenkweminaan kimemenkwemiwaa omemenkwemiwaa nimiikisikwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoninaan kimiikisikwaahsoniwaa omiikisikwaahsoniwaa uc Ed of ty er sit y nipinaahkwaan kipahkweshikanim omaacishikan nicahkaatehsicikan onamemiwaa South West I am going up north. I am going down east. I am going down south. I am going out west. (b) Where do you come from? Where do you come from? Where do you come from? Where do you come from? I come from up nonh. I come from down east. I come from down south. I come from out west. (c) Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? Where is the wind blowing from? he Where are you going? Where are you going? Where are you going? Where are you going? ke (a) La 2. East ad North 1. kinamekohsimiwaa ni v Exercise C: k.isakimem nitatihkamekominaan nitihtipwepishkikaninaan nimaaciikitowin nimasinaahtehsicikan nimasinaahtehsicikaninaan Fa nikoohkoohkohoom ocwaapiihshiman ( io nishooniyaanim k.ishooni yaanim oshooniyaaniman at Inanimate Nouns cu l 2. Animate Nouns U r l. n Exercise B: It is blowing from the nonh. It is blowing from the east. It is blowing from the south. It is blowing from the west. 106 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION (a) 3. (b) Where are you going today? I am going ~p north today. 0 Where do you think the wind will be blowing from tomorrow? I think the wind will be blowing from the east tomorrow. What do you think the weather will be like tonight? I think it will be blowing from the south, it will rain and it will be windy. (d) Do you think the wind will be blowing from the west tonight? No, if the wind is blowing from the west, it will be snowing for sure. io at uc Sections 4 and 5 will be done by the students. Note: n (c) Winter 2. (a) What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? What's the weather like outside? (b) What's happening outside? What's happening outside? What's happening outside? What's happening outside? (c) Do you think the winter will come early? Yes, I think the winter will come early. Fall Fa cu l ty Winter Spring Summer Fall 0 sit y Summer Spring Fall Winter U ni v er Spring of Summer 1. Ed Exercise D: ad Do you think the spring will come early? Yes, I think the spring will come early. ke he Do you think the summer will come early? Yes, I think the summer will come early. La Do you think the fall will come early? Yes, I think the fall will come early. Negative Forms: When do you see it being winter? I see that it won't be winter soon. 0 When do you see it being spring? I see that it won't be spring soon. 107 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION When do you see it being summer? I see that it won:t be summer soon. r When do you see it being fall? I see that it won't be fall soon. 3. (a) Are you going home in the winter? Yes, I will be going home in the winter. n OR at io I will not be going home in the winter. uc Are you leaving in the spring? Yes, I will be leaving in the spring? Ed OR I will not be leaving in the spring. ty of Are you going to be working when summer arrives? Yes, I will be working in the summer. I will not be working in the summer. y OR sit I will not be going hunting in the fall. 2. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) U Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday ke he ad l. ni v er Exercise E: What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? What day is it today? Whatdayisittoday? What day is it today? La ( Fa Are you going hunting in the fall? Yes, I will be going hunting in the fall. cu l OR Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 108 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. Are you leaving on Tuesday? No, probably Wednesday. Who are you going with? I am probably going with one of my uncles. What about your dad, where is he going? He already left. Note: Sections 5 and 6 are done in the text. of ty 0 sit y Exercise F: io (b) Ed Do you want to go today? No, after a while I will be going on Monday. What will you be doing over there? Will you be working? No, I will be playing hockey. Oh yeah! Who are you going to play hockey with? One of my older brothers and my cousins. n 0 (a) Fa 4. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday at (f) (g) When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? When do you want to go home? uc (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) cu l 3. July August September October November December January February March April May June 2. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of January. ke he ad U ni v er l. La When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of February. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of March. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of April. 0 When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of May. 109 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of June. r When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of July. When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of August. n When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of September. at io When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of October. Ed uc When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of November. ty Sections 3 and 4 are done in the text. Note: a. Nika-maacaa naake. IGkii-maacaa ina onaako? Naapenhs wii-wiihsini. Kitayihsh kii-aahkosi awahsinaako. Kii-kimiwan onaako. Ta-sookihpwan awahsiwaapank. Fa b. C. ( y d. er sit e. f. 2. Ishkwaa-nipaayaan, Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan onaako, Mwaye-kii-kiiweyaan, ni v a. b. U C. OR ad e. kaa-mwaye-kiiweyaan, Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, Ahpii anohkiiyaan, lshkwaa-anohkiiyaan, nika-kiiwe. Nika-maacaa naake ahpii-ishkwaa wiihsiniyaan. Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, nika-kiiwe. Nimaamaa kii-maacaa mekwaac kii-metaweyaan. Nikii-minihkwe pankii nipi mwaye-kii-nipaayaan. La a. b. No. ke Discussion: he d. 3. cu l Exercise G: 1. of When will you be going to Beaver Lake? I will be going during the month of December. C. d. e. OR Nikii-minihkwe pankii nipi kaa-mwaye-nipaayaan. Note: This section is done in the text. 110 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a. b. c. d. e. Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan niwiiciiwaakan kii-maacaa. Ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan, nika-kiiwe . Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. Kiishpin wii-wiihsiniyan, miicin pankii mooso-wiiyaahs. Nikii-minwentaan ahpii kii-pi-kiiweyan. f. g. h. i. J. k. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. Nikii-minwentaan ahpii kaa-kii-pi-kiiweyan. Wiintaman aanahpii waa-maacaayan waapank. Nika-kanoonaa ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. Niwii-wiihsin mwaye-anohkiiyaan. Mwaye-nipaayaan, niwii-minihkwe nipi. Ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, nika-maacaa. Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan, kiiwen. Mckwaac kii-metaweyan, kitayihsh kii-maacaa. Kiishpin ekaa piishaayan, nika-kishiwaas. lshkwaa-nantawencikeyan, pi-kiiwen. Mekwaac .kii-aahkosiyan, ni.kii-takohshin. Nika-maacaa ahpii ishkwaa-.kiishitepoyan. Mwaye-maacii-nikamoyaan, niwii-minihkwe nipi. Aanahpii waa-.kiiwcyan? Niwii-anohkii ahpii ishkwaa-nipaayan. Kiishpin kohtaaciyan, wanishkaan! 0 io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y er U ad he ke g. white black blue green red brown/yellow grey ni v Animate a. b. c. d. e. f. 0 sit Execise I: 1. n OR a. b. C. d. e. f. g. Inanimate white black blue green red brown/yellow grey Sections 2, 3 and 4 are done in the text. La Note: Exercise J: Note: Sections I, 2, 3 and 4 are done in the text. 0 111 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S: r Exercise A: I. VAi n a) Jason kii-anohkii onaako. b} Sally aahkosi noonkom kaa-lciishikaak. c) Mary ta-kiiwe. io VII VTA Fa a) Nikiishisaan pankii mooso-wiiyaahs. b) Piitoon minihkwaakan ! c) Ahtoon onaakan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. cu l ty of a) Nlkii-waapamaa moos onaako noohpimink. b) Kinanaantawaapamaa na animohsh? c) Nika-kiishiswaa pankii kinooshe noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Ed uc at a) Peshikwaapihk inakite. b) Waahkaahikan miskwaa. c) Miicim minohpikwan. sit y ( er Independent and Conjunct U ni v a) Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. b) Kikiiwe na ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? c) Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, kii-takohshin. ke he a. Sarah oohkomM nipaawan. b. John oshtehsan nantawencike~. c. Bonnie okohsihsmi wiihsini~ d. Peter otayihshm wii-wiihsiniwan. e. Susan ociimicmi maacaawan. f. Samson otootemill aahkosiwan. g. Anna omohshooman anohkiiwan. h. Jane omihsensm kishiwaasi~. i. Debbie otaataa.lllim wanishkaa~. j. Ruby owiiciiwaakanm pootawewan. La 1. ad Exercise B: Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. 112 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise C: 1. a. Otootemm kiiwewan. b. Nitootem kiiwe. c. Otayihshan nipaawan. d. Nitayihs nipaa. e. Nikohsihs aahkosi. f. Okohsihs.iYl aahkosi~ . g. Omaamaa mm kiishitepowan. h. Nimaamaa kiishitepo. i. Otashikanmi mahkatew isi~. j. Nitashikan mahkatewisi. 2. Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. Ed uc at io n 0 ty cu l a. Omakoot osaawaani.. b. Owaahkaahikan waapaani. c. Joan otashtotin mahkatewaani. d. Bruce opashkisikan piikoshkaani. e. John opimihsew in miskwaani. f. Owaakaahkwat kaashaani. g . Susan omiicimim kishiteni. h. Mathew ociimaan aniipiiwaani. i. Sally ocahkaahtesicikan waapihsahaani. j . Peter opakwaan osaawaam. 0 U ke he b. VAI C. VAI d . VII e. VAI f . VAi g. VII h. VII i. VII j . VAI k. VAI 1. VAI Opiinahikan piikoshkaan,i. Sally omihsensmi kiiwewan. Otootaapaanan miskosiYii!fi. John ociimaan oshaawashkwaani. Okohsihsm pimipaht oo~. Joyce otayihshm pimohsewan. Omahkisin osaawaan.i. Henry owiishkwehokaan kishiteni. Noohkom omatikwaan tahkaayaani. Nancy otaanihsmi pi~kiiwe ~. Otootaapa anm kipihcii~ . Otayihsh.m tiihtipaamaciwelYAO. ad a. VII ni v VAlorVI I La 2. er sit y Fa 1. of Exercise D: 0 113 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: io n a. Rose otamwaan piihswe-aanahkonaan. b. John ok.iishiswaan pinewan or pinen. c. Bob onanaantawaapamaan awiyaashiihshf!.ll. d. James otahshamaan otayihshan. e. Tony osaak.ihaan okohsihsan. f. Susan ok.iwikamaan otootemrui. g. Peter otayamihaan omaamaaman. h. Thomas ok.ihkenimaan saanii~. i. Maggie onakwaanaan waapoosQQ!l. j. Steven otahsoonaan amihkw&i. at I. Ed uc Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. ty cu l a. Joyce okanawentaan waahkaahikan.ini. b. Allen okicishkinan paashkisikani..ni. c. Mary okanawaapantaan saakahikanini. d. Sam okiishisaan wiiyaahsini. e. Tony osaakihtoon waahkaahikanini. f. Peter otootaapionaan pimipanihcikanini. g. Susan omasinahaan masinahikanini. h. Albert otaapacihtoon ciimaanini. i. Rose okiishk.ishaan wiiyaahsini. j. Joe omaamitonentaan pimihsewinini. Fa 1. of Exercise F: sit y ( ni v er Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise G: U a. Wii-nanaantawencike waapaninink. b. Kika-maacaa na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? c. Nikii-mihkawaa kitayihs onaako. d. Kika-ayamihin naake. e. Wii-kiiwe wiipac. f. Maacaawak ohsha shemaak. g. Kika-kiiwemin naake. (incl.) h. Nika-kiiwemin naake. (excl.) i. Kika-anohkii na waapank? j. Aanahpii kaa-takohshik? La ke he ad I. 114 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION n 0 at Note: Section 3 will be completed in the text. uc 3. a. Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan, b. Kiishpin piishaac(t) wiipac, c. Ahpii takohshiniyan. d. Ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan, e. Mwaye-kimiwank, f. Kiishpin piishaawaat, g. Mekwaac kii-maacaayek, h. Ahpii ani-takohshiniyak, (incl.) i. Ishkwaa-anohkiiyaak, (excl.) j. Mwaye-nipaayaan. io 2. a. Nika-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. b. Kika-kiiwe na ishkwaa-sookibpwank? c. Mekwaac kii-anohkiic(t), owiiciiwaakanan kii-maacaawan. d. Kiishpin osaam mishtahi inakitek, ikaawin ataawen. e. lshkwaa-wiihsiniyak. kika-maacaamin. f. Kaa-ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, kii-takohshin. g. Kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. nika-pi-kiiwe wiipac. h. Nika-anohkii kiishpin mino-kiishikaak. i. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? j. Nika-kiiwe ahpii mino-kiishikaak. k. Aanahpii kaa-maacaat? I. Kii-ishkwaa-maacaayan, awaashihsh kii-mawi. m. Kiwii-anohkii na mwaye-sookibpwank'rn. Kiishpin aahkisiyan, nika-aahkos keniin. o. Nika-kiiwe ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. 0 Exercise I: Conjunct Clause I am going home We will go home (incl.) Are you going to work tomorrow Yes, I will be working tomorrow They will be working Are you going to make a fire We were looking for him/her (excl.) He/she will be leaving I want to eat/I am hungry Do you want to look for you daughter when I am finished working. when we finish eating. (inc.) if the weather is nice? if the weather is nice. during the snow. before it rains? (you pl.) during the night. (excl.) when he gets well. before I work. before night time? La a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Independent Clause ke 1. ad Note: Section 2 will be completed in the text. he 2. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of l. Ed Exercise H: 115 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Independent Clause a. b. c. d. e. When he is sleeping After he is working While you were eating Before he is making a fire When do you want to go home? he is sleeping. he is working. I am eating. they are making a fire. a. I will talk to him/her when I finish eating. Are you going to talk to him/her when you are finished eating? Is he going to talk to him/her when he is finished eating? We went home when it finished snowing. (excl.) If it rains, we are not leaving. (excl.) Are we going to drink when we finish sleeping? (incl.) During the night, my spouse sneak away. While/during I was working, my dog died. I want to dance before I eat. Do you want to run before you sleep? g. h. I. Fa cu l ty j. io at d. e. f. uc b. C. Ed 3. of r n Coniunct Clause 2. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C i16 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Review Section: 0 Lesson 1: Translation Noun Translation Noun Gender Gender loon na 13. oakiciiwin aimort ni 2. wiikwaahs birchbark ni 14. ahcikanaahtik table ni 3. name sturgeon na . 15. atikamek whitefish 4. namekohs lake trout na 16. oinaahkwaan comb ni 5. piinahikan ourse ni 17. tihtiowepishkikan bicycle na 6. shoonivaan money na 18. okaahs pickerel na 7. shooniyaawash wallet ni 19. k.inepik 8. memenkwe butterfly na 20. maaciik.itowin 9. sakime mosquito na 21. cahkaahtehsicikan owl na io at camera ni 22. pahkweshikan flour na 23. masinaatehsicikan television ni scissors ni y 24. maacishikan 0 La ke he ad U ni v er na uc Ed of ni ty telephone sit jackfish 12. cwaapiihsh na cu l ni 11. miikihsikwaahson beaded article na snake Fa 10. koohkoohkohoo n 1. maank 0 117 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 2: Native Language Translation peshik piiwaapihkohsh one cent 2. niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh five cents 3. mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh ten cents 4. peshishooniyaahsh quarter 5. aapihtawaapihk half-dollar 6. peshikwaapihk one dollar 7. niishiwaapihk two dollars 8. niyaananowaapihk five dollars 9. mitaahsowaapihk ten dollars io uc Ed of ty cu l miishitana tahsiwaapihk twenty dollars Fa 10. n I. at r La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C 118 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. Useful Expressions: 0 Translation How much are vou chareine: for it?(animate) b. Aan enakitarnan? How much are you char2in2 for it?(inanimate) c. Niyaananowaapihk nitinakitaan. I charge $5.00 for it. (inanimate) d. Niyaananowaapihk nitinakimaa. I charge $5.00 for it. (animate) e. Aan enakitank? How much is he charging for it?(inanimate) f. Aan enakimaac? How much is he charging for it?(animate) g. Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. He charges $5.00 for it. (inanimate) h. Niyaananwaapihk otinakimaan. He charges $5.00 for it. (animate) i. Kekonen attaweyan? What are you buying? j. Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? ty of Ed uc at io n a. Aan enakimac?(t) cu l Native Language Fa What do you want to buv? k. Kekonenini ataawec?(t) What is he buvim?? I. Kekonenini waa-ataawec?(t) sit y What does he want to buv? What are vou sellimr? What do you want to sell? ni v n. Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? er m. Kekonen ataawaakevan? 0 o. Kekonenini ataawaakec?(t) U What is he selling? What does he want to sell? La ke he ad p. Kekonenini waa-ataawaakec?(t) 0 119 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3: r Animate Verbs English Translation walking 2. pimipahtoo nmnin_g 3. naanipaawe yawning 4. natawihiwe healing 5. naacimiicime going for food 6. naasipii going to the shore 7. tiihtipaamaciwe walking down the hill 8. ihkwaamaciwe walking up the hill 9. tiihtipaatawe walking downstairs io at uc Ed of ty walking upstairs cu l 10. ihkwaatawe 11. waahkaahike Fa building a house 12. pimitaacimo ke he ad U ni v er sit y crawling La ( n 1. pimohse 120 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4: 1. 0 Translation Animate Nouns my loon b. kinamem your sturgeon c. onamekohsiman his/her laketrout d. nishooniyaanim my money e. kimemenkwem your butterfly f. osakimeman his/her mosquito g. nikoohkoohkohoom my owl h. kicwaapiihshim your jackfish i. otatikamekoman his/her whitefish j. nitookaahsim my pickerel cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. nimaankom your snake Fa k. kikinepikom I. opahkweshikaniman 0 Inanimate Nouns his/her wallet ad c. oshooniyaawash your purse U b. kipiinahikanim Translation my birchbark ni v a. niwiikwaahsim er 2. sit y his/her flour my beaded article he d. nimiikisikwaahson your airport ke e. kipakiciiwin f. otahcikanaahtik La his/her table. g. nipinahkwaan my comb h. kitihtipwepishkikan your bicycle i. omaaciikitowin his/her telephone j. nicahkaahtehsicikan my camera k. kimasinaahtesicikan your television l. omaacishikan his/her scissors 121 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3. Translation a. k.iiwetinonk north b. waapanonk east C. shaawanonk south d. nekaapiihanonk west io n Four Directions Seasons: of 4. Ed uc at r Four Directions: d. takwaakin cu l niipin Fa C. y siikwan sit b. winter ke he ad U ni v er pipoon La ( a. Translation ty Intransitive Inanimate Verb 122 spring summer fall �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. Days of the Week: ·1 ranslation a. anohkiiwi-k.iishikaa Monday b. niisho-k.iishikaa Tuesday C. aapihtawan Wednesday d. ni iwi-k.iishikaa Thursday e. pahkweshikani-k.iishikaa Friday f. maatinawe-k.iishikaa Saturday g. ayamihe-k.iishikaa Sunday 0 Months of the Year: of 6. Ed uc at io n Intransitive Inanimate Verb Translation Animate Nouns January ociimitoo-piihsim b. kaa-tahkwek.isoc-piihsim C. mik.isiiwi-piihsim d. nihki-piihsim e. mahko-piihsim f. saakipakaawi-piihsim g. kiishipakaawi-piihsim July h. atihtemini-piihsim August 1. waahtepakiiwi-piihsim September Ii. oinaahkwiiwi-oiihsim October k. kashkatinoo-piihsim November 1. makohshe-k.iishikani-piihsim December cu l ty a. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa February March April May 0 June 0 123 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 7. r Independent and Conjunct Verbs: Niwii-maacaa mwaye-kimiwank. I want to go before it rains. c. Mekwaac kii-metaweyan. kitayihsh kii-maacaa. While you were playing, your dog left. d. Wiintamaw aanahpii waa-maacaayan waapank. Tell him when you want to leave tomorrow. e. Kiishpin kohtaciyan, wanishkaan! If you are afraid, get up! f. Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? When do you want to go home? g. Nika-maacaa ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan. I'll be leaving after I have done eating. uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y er sit h.;,__.....;..N..;;.iw---=ii--n=i=im;;;;;..;;;m_w""""'""'... aye_-_so....o_ki=·,h;;;.ip;;..;w"""an=k;.;. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I want to dance before it snows. he ad Aanahpii waa-anohkiiyan? -'"""'.'.".~-":"-------------------------------When do you want to work? ke j. U ni v i. _ _Ki_'k_o_h_s_ih_s_ki..;..'_i-.p_i-_ki_.iw__,;..e..;.m..;;.e_k_w_a=a..;;.c..;;.ki=·i_-ru=··p=aa_,yi.;;an;;;;.;.. ... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Your son came home while you were sleeping. La ( at io b. n a._ _Is_hk_w_a_a_-an_o_hki_·i,,_yaan ___, _n_ik_a_-ki_._iw_e_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ After I have done working, I'll be going home. 124 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 8. Colours: Translation Al verbs waapisi white b. mahkatewisi black c. oshaawashkosi blue d. aniipiiwisi green e. miskosi red f. osaawisi brown/yellow g. waapisahisi grey 0 Ed uc at io n a. Translation of II verbs c. oshaawashkwaa d. aniipiiwaa e. miskwaa f. osaawaa g. waapisahaa black cu l mahkatewaa Fa b. er sit y waapaa ty white a. blue green red 0 brown/yellow La ke he ad U ni v grey 0 125 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE ~ UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION K.inokaapawi He/she is tall. b. Tahkohkaapa wi/fahkoosi He/she is short. C. Aacioo He/she is fat. d. Paawanii He/she is skinnv. e. Pitikosi He/she is stocky/chubby. f. Kinwaanihkwe He/she has Jong hair. g. Tahkwaanihkwe He/she has short hair. h. Tihtioanawevaanihkwe He/she has curlv hair. i. Miihshitoone He has a beard. j. Miihsaweshkishii He has a mustache. k. Mahkatewaanihkwe ]. Osaawaanihkwe m. Miskwaanihkwe n. W aapaanihkwe o. Takahkinaakosi p, Maci-naa.kosi q. Minonaakosi/Mino-naakosi ty of Ed uc at io a. cu l He/she has black hair. Fa He/she has brown hair. er sit y He/she has red hair. He/she has white/grev hair. He/she is eood-Jookino- handsome. ni v He/she is bad-Jookine:. he ad U He/she looks nice, looks good ke (_ Translation Spelline La r Descriptions: n 9. 126 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT I; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: 0 Lessons 1 - 5 of Ed uc at io five dollars January pickeral flour one cent eleven dollars one dollar quarter October nineteen dollars nine dollars mosquito June money bicycle September cu l Fa 0 sit y Inanimate Nouns: U ni v er beaded article airport comb purse wallet birchbark ad table store camera telephone scissors television ty ten dollars sturgeon lake trout April thirteen dollars three dollars twenty dollars twelve dollars seventeen dollars seven dollars two dollars four dollars fourteen dollars sixteen dollars six dollars five cents fifteen dollars half dollar August whitefish eight dollars eighteen dollars jack fish February November July snake owl loon May December butterfly March ten cents n Animate Nouns: he Animate Intransitive Verbs: La ke fat green buying going up hill climbing up cost looks like teaching lazy tall long hair bad looking black hair black beard mustache good looking red red hair get food yawn going to shore healing brown/yell ow hair brown/yell ow blue skinny running crawl walk 127 chubby short short hair handsome going down hill going down stairs curly hair grey white build house 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: ' Saturday black it looks nice red summer Tuesday Thursday wind blows from certain direction brown/yellow blue Friday winter spring fall white grey io n Wednesday green Monday Sunday cost so much it looks certain way sharp hot water to fetch/go uc think so at Transitive Animate Verbs: Ed Transitive Inanimate Verbs: to fetch/get cu l ty Particles: south east Fa north west sit y Expressions: ke he ad U ni v er How much does it cost (animate)? How much does it cost (inanimate)? How much? How much are you charging for it (animate)? How much is he charging for it (animate)? How much are you charging for it (inanimate)? How much is he charging for it (inanimate)? How's the weather? What is happening? What day is it today? What colour is it (aniamte)? What colour is it (inanimate)? When do you see it being winter? When do you see it being spring? When do you see it being summer? La ( of think so 128 When do you see it being fall? When do you want to go home? Where's the wind blowing from? What are you buying? What is he/she buying? What do you want to buy? What does he/she want to buy? What are you selling? What is he/she selling? What do you want to sell? What does he/she want to sell? Do you think it will be winter soon? Do you think it will be spring soon? Do you think it will be summer soon? Do you think it will be fall soon? �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l ( Fa of at uc Ed n io r Part Two Kihkinoohainaake �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A More About Transitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn the sentences with Transitive Verbs. Here are more TA and TI verbs listed below. 1. In this exercise, there are twelve (12) TA verbs and twelve (12) TI verbs introduced to you. Ed of ty 3. Let's repeat the exercise with the second person singular forms. Again, remember that the grammatical object is third-person. ni v ke C. Kipiihaa Kimaaciipahiwaanaa Kimamisbimaa Kipakitinaa Kipoosihaa Kikocihpwaa Kipi-kiiwenotawaa Kitepihtawaa Kinatobtawaa Kikiiwewinaa Kimaaciiwinaa Kinakanaa he a. b. ad VfA La d. e. f. g. b. i. j. k. 1. C cu l y sit Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. er 2. U ( I. Fa k. Nipiihtoon Nimaaciipahiwaataan Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaan Nipoosihtoon Nikocibpitaan Nipi•kiiwenotaan Nitepihtaan Ninatohtaan Nikiiwewitoon Nimaaciiwitoon Ninakataan uc Nipiihaa Nimaaciipahiwaanaa Nimamishimaa Nipakitinaa Nipoosihaa Nikocihpwaa Nipi•kiiwenotawaa Nitepihtawaa Ninatohtawaa Nikiiwewinaa Nimaaciiwinaa Ninakanaa at VTI VTA a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. io n Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Let's begin with the first person singular subject forms. In these forms the grammatical object is third-person. Translations are on page 228. 4. VTI Kipiihtoon Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishitaan Kipakitinaan Kipoosihtoon Kikocihpitaan Kipi-kiiwenotaan Kitepihtaan Kinatohtaan Kikiiwewitoon Kimaaciiwitoon Kinakataan Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. 129 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise B Third•Person Transitive Verbs In this exercise, you will continue to practice the pronunciation of these words listed below. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them with third person singular subject. Translations are on page 228. io uc Ed 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. La 2. Fa k. I. of h. i. j. ty f. g. cu l e. Opiihtoon Omaaciipahiwaataan Omamishitaan Opakitinaan Opoosihtoon Okocihpitaan Opi-kiiwenotaan Otepihtaan Onatohtaan Okiiwewitoon Omaaciiwitoon Onakataan Opiihaan Omaaciipahiwaanaan Omamishimaan Opakitinaan Opoosihaan Okocihpwaan Opi-kiiwenotawaan Otepihtawaan Onatohtawaan Okiiwewinaan Omaaciiwinaan Onakanaan n VTI VTA a. b. c. d. 0 at 1. 0 130 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise C Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only You know the meaning of these twelve TA verbs and twelve TI verbs. 1. In this exercise, you will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Question Kipiihaa na Soosan? at Positive Answer Ebe, nipiihaa. uc A. io n Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first, second person form only. Translations are on page 229. OR B. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa na? of Ed Negative Answer Kaawin, kaawin nipiihaahsiin. Ebe, nimaaciipahiwaanaa. C. Kipiihtoon ina pimihsewin? cu l ty OR Ebe, nipiihtoon pimihsewin. Fa OR D. Kimaaciipahiwaataan ina? Ebe, nimaaciipahiwaataan. sit ( y Kaawin, kaawin nipiihtoohsiin pimihsewin. U Writing Practice: Try writing questions using some of the new verbs that we have learned, using the model above. For this exercise concentrate on questions that have a second-person subject, and answers that have a first-person subject. he ad 2. Kaawin, kaawin nimaaciipahiwaatahsiin. ni v er OR Now, try working with a partner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this section. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. ke Speaking Practice: C 131 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise D Questions and Answers Third-Person With Obviative In this exercise, you will learn to fonn sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in third person form only. Obviative endings are underlined for you. Translations are on page 229. io A. n Answer Question Ebe, opiihaan soosanm. Opiihaan na Soosanmi? uc OR at 1. 0 B. Ed Kaawin, kaawin opiihaahsiin Soosanm. Ehe, omaaciipahiwaanaan. Omaciipahiwaanaan na? of OR C. ty Kaawin, kaawin omaacilpahiwaanaahsiin. Ehe, opiihtoon pimihsewinioi. Opiihtoon ina pimihsewiniDi? cu l OR D. Fa Kaawin, kaawin opiihtoohsiin pimibsewinw. Ebe, omaaciipahiwaataan. Omaaciipahiwaataan ina? y OR sit Kaawin, kaawin omaaciipahiwaataahsiin. ni v Now try writing questions and answers that have third-person subjects using some of the new verbs that you have learned. Speaking Practice: ke he For speaking practice, work in groups of three by taking turns asking questions and answers using those sentences you have just completed. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. ad U 2. er Writing Practice: 0 0 132 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise E Paradigms 13 First Person Plural Exclusive 21 First Person Plural Inclusive 22 Second Person Plural 33 Third Person Plural uc at 1 First Person 2 Second Person 3 Third Person n As you are aware, it is important in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used: io 1. of Ed Now, let's do some examples using one TA verb and one TI verb. Listen carefully as the instructor says these examples. The number code refers to the subject only. Translations are on page 230. 13 21 22 33 2. Fa 13 21 22 33 nipiihtoomin kipiihtoomin kipiihtoonaawaa opiihtoonaawaa U ni v er 1 nipiihtoon 2 kipiihtoon 3 opiihtoon sit y VTI ( nipiihaamin kipiihaamin kipiihaawaa opiihaawaan cu l 1 nipiihaa 2 kipiihaa 3 opiihaan ty VTA On the next page, write out some of your own full paradigms using the verbs listed below. ad Check the corrections with your instructor. VTA La ke he VTI omaaciipahiwaanaan omishimaan opakitinaan opoosihaan omaaciipahiwaataan omishitaan opakitinaan opoosihtoon C 133 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 1 1 2 3 n io at 1 2 3 uc 1 2 3 Ed 13 21 22 33 of 13 21 22 33 ty 1 2 3 cu l 1 2 3 sit y Fa 22 33 13 21 22 33 13 21 0 er 13 21 22 33 1 2 3 13 13 21 22 33 La ke he ad U ni v 13 21 22 33 1 2 3 0 2 3 3. When you complete your own paradigms, read aloud for several times until you have mastered the pronunciation. Check with your instructor for proper pronunciation. 21 22 33 0 134 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise F Working With The Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of forms to read. 1. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. The words and Kiwii-piihaa na okimaahkaan ohomaa? Kaawin, kaawin niwii-piihaahsiin. Aasha niwii-kiiwe. b) Nitayihsh wii-wiihsini. Niwii-maaciipahiwaanaa noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. c) Nikii-mamishimaa kitootem onaako. Kii-kimooti miicimini. d) Nitaanihs wii-anohkii waapaninink. Nika-pakitinaa. e) Kipiihtoon ina pimihsewin? f) Nimaaciipahiwaataan aahkosiwin. g) Opoosihtoon paashkisikanini ciimaanink. h) Nipakitinaan nimoobkomaan wakici-wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y ni v ad U The sentences above use four TA and four TI verbs. Now try writing some sentences using four different TA verbs and four different TI verbs. Speaking Practice: he For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences from above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. er Writing Practice: 2. io a) sit ( n sentence types are ones that you are familiar with. Translations are on page 231. C 135 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseG More Sentences 0 Read and Understand: Here are some other examples of sentences with Transitive verbs. 1. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. You can use Kikii-natohtawaa na pinehshiihsh kaa-kii-nikamoc awahsinaako? b) Niwii-natohtaan natohtamowin noonkom ani-tipihkaak. c) Nimihshoom aahkosi. Niwii-kiiwewinaa waapank. (or with obviative "waapaninik".) d) Kika-kiiwewitoon ina .kimasinahikan noonkom ani-tipihkaak? e) Nikii-maaciiwinaa noohkom noonkom kaa-kii-kekishepaayaak. f) Noonkom ina kaa-kiishikaak kika-maaciiwitoon kipaashkisikan? g) Noonkom ina kaa-kiishikaak kika-maaciiwitoon kimoobkomaan? h) Joan onakanaan ociimican. i) Piitan (Peter) onakataan owiiskwehokaan. 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc a) U Writing Practice: ad Using the sentences above as a model, write at least eight sentences of your own in your notebook. Make sure you include some of the new transitive verbs introduced in this lesson for each sentence. ke he 2. at io n your knowledge of Ojibwe words and sentence types to help you understand these sentences. Translations are on page 231. 3. La Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. 0 136 �INTERMEDIATE OllBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise ff r Dialogues 1. Read and understand the following dialogues. Translations are on page 231. A. Pooshoo Ernie. Aan ke-tootarnan noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? Nika-piihaa nitaanihs. Ta-pi-kiiwe noonkom kaa-kiishikaanink. at uc Aan waa-tootarnan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Nika-piihtoon pimihsewin. Ta-pi-takohse naanta niishin ishihsek. Kiin tabsh wiin, aan waa-tootarnan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Niwii-maaciipahiwaataan tahkaayaa. Kekonen tahsh, kaawin ina kiminwentahsiln tahkaayaa? Kaawin niminentahsiin pipoon. Osaam kinwesh tahkaayaa. Kiwiiciiwaakan tahsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Ehe, kewiin piisbaa. Fa cu l ty B. of Kikohsihs tahsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Ebe, niwiiciiwik. Kaawin nika-kii-nakanaahsiin. Ed Kekonen tahsh? Osaarn mishtahi minihkwe. Kaawin niminwentahslln. io n Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootarnan? Niwii-maaciipahiwaanaa niwiiciiwaakan. er sit y ( ni v Kinwesh is a particle which means ''for a long time". U G,ammattcal Note: The basic form of the new word in bold in the dialogue above is minwentam 'he/she is glad'. This is an Animate Intransitive (VAl) verb. However, the way La ke he ad that person and number endings for first and second-person singular and plural forms are added to this verb is slightly different from the way that they are added to most AI verbs. Below is a partial paradigm for minwentam. Check the translations in the translation section on page 231. I niminwentaan 2 kiminwentaan 3 minwentam 13 niminwentaamin (excl.) 21 kiminweotaamio (incl.) 22 kiminweotaanaawaa (you pl.) 33 ominweotaanaawaa (they) Imperative Forms: • minwentan! • minwentamok! Like it! Like it! (singular) (plural) 137 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 You will probably notice that the endings are identical to those Transitive Inanimate verb fonns in the first and second-person singular and plural fonns. There are many AI verbs that end in am which add their suffixes in the same pattern as minwentam. These include common words such as: io n he/she goes out he/she understands he/she is listening saakaham nihsitohtam natohtam uc at The ftrst-person singular fonn for these are: I go out. nisaakahaan ninihsitohtaan ninatohtaan Q of Ed I understand. I am listening. ty Just remember that if a verb ends in am in the third-person fonn it will add the extra endings in the other fonns. Now; write your own dialogues using some of the new vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. Fa 2. cu l Writing Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er With a partner; read over your dialogues. Be sure to take turns saying each part. Then try your partner's dialogue. La 3. sit y Speaking Practice: 0 138 �INTERMEDIATE OilBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I More Dialogues io at Kikii-mamishitaan ina maci-kekoon onaako? Ehe, awiya kii-macihcike onaako. Aan tahsh kaa-tootank? Awiyan okii-miikanaan. Kekonen tahsh? Osaam mishtahi kii-minihkwe sboomlnaapooni. Aan tahsh ke-tootank? Oka-pakitinaan minihkwewinini. uc B. Ed Nikii-mamishimaa nitootem awahsinaako. Kekonen tahsh? Kii-kimooti kekoonini ataawikamikonk. Kekonenini kaa-kimootic(t)? Shooniyaanan. Ooshta! Aani minikohk? Nahke piko. Kaawin mayaam niwiintamaakohsiln. Aan tahsh waa-tootawac? Niwii-kiiwewinaa waapanlc. of A. n Read and understand the following dialogues. er sit Note: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in bold in the above dialogues. You can check the translations in the translation section on page 232. (Remember that kimooti is an VAl+O verb, that is, an Animate Intransitive verb that can have either an animate or inanimate object.) ke he 1 nikimoot 2 kikimoot 3 kimooti U ni v VAI+O 13 nikimootimin (excl.) 21 kikimootimin (incl.) 22 kikimootinaawaa (you pl.) 33 kimootiwak (they) ad ( y Fa cu l ty I. La Imperative forms: • kimootin! • kimootik! or • kimootiyok! Steal! (singular) Steal! (plural) Steal! (plural) Noun • ataawikamik • atawikamikmlk store store + locative ending C 139 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Translations are on page 232. 0 VAi 13 21 22 33 nimacihcikemin (excl.) kimacihcikemin (incl.) kimacihcikenaawaa (you pl.) macihcikewak. (they) Ed or at Do something bad! Do something bad! (plural) Do something bad! (plural) uc Imperative forms: • macihciken ! • macihcikek! • macihcikeyok io n 1 nimacihcike 2 kimacihcike 3 macihcike of VTA Imperative forms: • miikaash! sit y fight him! {singular) fight them! (plural) Fa cu l 21 kimiikaanaamin (incl.) 22 kimiikaanaawaa (you pl.) 33 omiikaanaawaan (they) ty 13 nimiikaanaamin (excl.) 1 nimiikaanaa 2 kimiikaanaa 3 omiikaanaan er Noun Shoominaapoo Shoominaapoon U ni v wine (singular) wine (plural) ad Writing Practice: Now try writing two dialogues of your own. Be sure to include some of the vocabulary introduced in this lesson. ke he 2. 0 3. La Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues above plus your own. Go over the dialogues with your partner until you feel comfortable with the material. 0 140 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseJ Review Transitive Verbs This is the final review exercise of this lesson. There are twelve (12) Transitive Animate Verbs (VTA) and twelve (12) Transitive Inanimate Verbs (VTI). Read the words over and check to see if you understand them. Then, write the English translation of each one in the space provided. Try to do this without looking at your notes. You can check your answers on page 233. io n 1. English Translation uc at Transitive Animate Verbs I am waiting for him/her. Ed 1. Nipiihaa 2. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa of 3. Omamishimaan cu l ty 4. Nipakitinaa 5. Kipoosihaa sit er 8. Kitepihtawaa ni v 9. Onatobtawaan ad U 10. Ni.kiiwewinaa 1. Kimaaciiwinaa y 7. Nipi-kiiwenotawaa ke he l2. Onakanaan La ( Fa 6. Okocihpwaan 141 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 English Translation Transitive Inanimate Verbs 0 1. K.ipiihtoon 2. Nimaaciipahiwaataan n 3. Omamishitaan at io 4. K.ipakitinaan uc 5. Nipoosihtoon Ed 6. Okocihpitaan of 7. K.ipi-kiiwenotaan ty 8. Nitepihtaan cu l 9. Onatohtaan Fa 0. K.ikiiwewitoon U. Nimaaciiwitoon 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 12. Onakataan 0 142 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned from this lesson given in mixed order. Translate them into Native language as shown below. Do this exercise on your own. After you have completed, check your translations on page 233. VTA 1. Nipiihaa 3. He/she is running away from him/her. 4. You are running away from it. s. Are you telling on him/her? 6. I am telling on it. 7. I am letting him/her go. ty of Ed uc at io Are you waiting for it? He/she is letting it go. VI1 cu l Are you putting him/her on board? Fa 9. y lO. sit 1. I am coming back for it. U 14. I hear him/her from the distance. ad 15. Are you hearing it from the distance? he 16. He/she is listening to him/her. ke l7. I am tasting s.t. animate. Are you coming back for it. ni v 13. You are putting it on board. He/she is tasting s.t. inanimate. er 12. I am listening to it. La 18. Are you taking him/her home? 9. C I am waiting for him. 2. 8. Opakitinaan ( English Language Translation Verb Type Native Language Translation n 2. 20. He/she is taking it home. 21. He/she is taking him/her away. i2. I am taking it away. !3. He/she leaves him/her behind. !4. You are leaving him/her behind 143 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A More About TA Verb Subject and Object Combinations 0 Listen and Understand: uc at io n We know already that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject (the person or persons doing the action) and a grammatical object (the person(s) or animate thing(s) that the action of the verb is done to). And we know that the grammatical object of a Transitive Animate verb is always animate. For Transitive Animate verbs there are a large number of different possible combinations of person and number of the subject and object which may be expressed. We indicate these combinations by headings such as "(1 acting on 3)", which means a fll'St-person singular subject (1, "niin") with a third-person singular object (3, "wiin"). ty of Ed We are already familiar with some of these combinations. Here are some examples with verbs we learned in Unit 2; Lesson 1. In the examples the stem of the verb is in bold type. Remember that the stem is the basic fonn of a word to which any prefixes or suffixes are added. Translations are on page 234. cu l (1 acting on 3) nipiihaa Fa nimaaciipahiwaanaa nimamishimaa sit y nipoosihaa ni v U kipllhaa kimuclipahiwaanaa kimamibsllimaa er (2 acting on 3) 0 ad kipooslhaa he (3 acting on 3 Obviative) La ke opllbaan omaaciipahiwaanaan nmamlshimaan opooslhaan You have already learned how to ask and answer forms using these questions. You may have noticed that in each of the examples in the chart there is an ending aa which comes after the verb stem. As well, for each one the grammatical object is a third person. 0 144 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Now compare the forms in the chart above with the forms in the chart above with the forms in the following chart. Again, the verb stem is in bold type. (3 acting on 1) n nipiihik nimaacllpahiwaanik nimamishlmik io nipoosihaa uc at (3 acting on 2) Ed kipiihik kimaacllpahiwaanik kimamishimik of kipoosihaa cu l ty (3 Obviative acting on 3) opllbikoon y sit You may have noticed that in each of the forms in this new chart there is a suffix ik following the verb stem. As well, each one of these verb forms has a third-person subject, unlike the forms in the previous chart, which have a third-person object. ni v er C. Fa omaaciipahiwaanikoon omaroisbimikoon opoosihikoon U Just as before we can ask and answer questions using some of these new Transitive Animate combinations. Here's an example using the first two. ad A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nipiihik. Yes, he/she is waiting for me. ke he Q. (3 acting on 2) Kipiihik na? Is he/she waiting for you? La Speaking Practice: Working with a partner ask and answer questions that use the person combinations presented in the sample pair just above. Try using some of the different Transitive Animate verbs introduced in this Unit, or some of the other ones you know. Take turns so that you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. C 145 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise B More Transitive Animate Combinations Listening and Understanding: - Q· Possessor ofSubject at Third-person uc Possessor ofSubject opiihaan. is waiting for him. Ed First-person Nitaanihs My daughter io n Now let's see if we can understand how to use the final set of forms that we introduced above in Exercise A. These forms have a third-person obviative subject and a third-person object: "(3 obviative acting on 3)". One of the most common ways of using this Transitive Animate number combination is when the subject noun is possessed by a third-person. Compare the following two sentences. In the first one the subject ("daughter") is possessed by a first-person. In the second one the subject ("daughter") is possessed by a third-person. ty of John otaanihsan opiibikoon. John's daughter is waiting for him. cu l The second sentence means that John's daughter is waiting for John. Notice that in the second sentence we must use the ending ikoon, but in the first we use the ending aan. y 0 A positive answer would be: ni v Ebe, opiibikoon. Yes, she• s waiting for him. er sit John na otaanihsan opiihikoon? Is John• s daughter waiting for him? Fa You can ask a question such as: U Speaking Practice: ke There is another way to use the 3 obviative form. If the subject of a Transitive Animate verb refers back to the object of a previous sentence that contains an obviative third-person, then the subject of the second sentence must also be obviative third-person. The 3 obviative form would only be used when you have already been referring to the people involved and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: La 1. he ad Now try making question and answer pairs that use this new person combination. Take turns asking and answering questions with your partner. Q. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Dave na opiibaan? A. Is Dave (3) waiting for him/her (3 obviative)? (3 obviative acting on 3) Ebe, opiihikoon. Yes, he/she (3 obviative) is waiting for him/her (3). Now, try making up a question and an answer in your notebook using the verb "omaaciipahiwaanaan" - "He/she is running away from him/her''. 146 0 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: r 2. In this exercise, write some questions and answers using the verbs listed below by using them on these numbers; Check the corrections with your instructor. A. A. (2 acting on 3) (3 acting on 2) Q. Q. (1 acting on 3) (3 acting on I) io A. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Q. uc at Repeat this exercise using the same verbs in section 2 by using them on these numbers; (3 obviative acting on 3) Ed 3. n • mamishim • poosihi For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by asking questions and answers in sections I - 3. Pay particular attention to proper pronunciation and the accent of the dialect. cu l ty 4. of Speaking Practice: Fa Now let's look at two more Transitive Animate subject and object combinations. Translations are on page 235. (1 acting on 2) ( kipllhihsh er U (2 acting on 1) ni v kipooslhin sit y kipiihin kimaaclipahiwaanin kimamishimin ad kimaacilpahiwaanihsh he kimamishimihsh kipoosihihsh La ke Notice that in both these sets there is no third-person; the subject and object are only first-· or second-person. You can also ask and answer questions using these forms: Q. (2acting on 1) Kipiihihsh na? Are you waiting for me? A. (1 acting on 2) Ebe, kipiihin. Yes, I am waiting for you. Speaking Practice: L Now try making question and answer pairs that use this new person combination. Take turns asking and answering questions with your partner. 147 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise C Dialogues 0 Listen and Understand: Nika-maacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaak. Kah! Aanti ahpin eshaayan? Nimaaciipahiwaanaa nitayihsh. Kekonen tahsh? Wii-wiihsini na? Kaawin, kishiwaasi. Kekonen tahsh weci-kishiwaasic(t)? Okii-wanlhaan Qtoobaanan. Aanti kaa-ishi-wanihaac? Nahke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. io B. at Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-tipihkaak? Nika-piihaa Soosan. Kekonen tahsh? Niwii-maacaamin. Kah! Aanti waa-ishaayek? Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank niwii-ishaamin. Aahti piihishik! Keniin niwii-ishaa kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. Ahaaw ka-piihikoo. uc A. n Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on page 235. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed 1. 0 U ni v er Note: (1) "Ahpin" is a particle which means "when, then, since, for a reason, or gone". (2) The phrase "okii-wanlhaan" is a Transitive Animate verb which means "he/she lost it" (talking about someone or something animate). (3) "Toohaan" is an animate noun which means "ball". he 13 21 22 33 niwanihaamin kiwanihaamin kiwanihaawaa owaoibaawaan (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) La 2 3 niwanibaa kiwanihaa owanibaan ke 1 ad Here is the paradigm for the verb mentioned in Note 2 above; the verb stem is wanlh. Grammatical Notes: In Dialogue 1B above one of the speakers asks the question; Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasic? Why is he/she angry? This sentence is a common way to ask questions involving the concept "why". The question contains the particle sequence Kekonen tahsh "why" and is followed by a preverb meaning "reason/cause, or source" and a verb in the conjunct order. The preverb has the form wencl- because it is in the conjunct form. The Animate Intransitive verb kishiwaasi "be angry" has the thirdperson conjunct c. 148 Q �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 r Almost any verb can appear in a sentence that asks a question about why something is a certain way. Here are some examples with third-person subject. Translations are on page 236. io n Kekonen tahsh wenci-mawic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-nipaac(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-aahkosic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-paahpic(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-maacaac(t)? uc at Remember that you already know how to make Animate Intransitive conjunct forms for other person-number combinations. Here are some others based on kishiwaasi. Fa cu l ty of Ed Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyan? Kekonen tahsh wcnci-kishiwaasiwaac(t)? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyek? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyank? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyaank? Kekonen tahsh wenci-kishiwaasiyaan? La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( L 149 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseD More Dialogues 0 Listen and Understand: io at Nika-maacaa noonkom ke-ani-tipihkaak. Kah! Aanti ahpin eshaayan? Nimaaciipahiwaataan tabkaayaa. Kekonen tabsh? Kikawac ina? Ehe, osaam mooshak tabkaayaa. Kitayibsh tabsh wiin, kiwiiciiwik na? Kaawin, kaawin wiin kawacibsiin. Aan tahsb ke-tootank? Nishtehs oka-kanawenimaan. uc B. Ed Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-maacii-kiishikaak? Nika-piihtoon pimihsewin. Kekonen tahsh? Niwii-maacaa. Kah! Aanti waa-ishaayan? Kaa-ishi-kllsbiwaayaak niwii-ishaa. Ahaaw. kika-piihin. Wiipac pi-kiiwen. cu l ty of A. n Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on page 236. sit y Fa 1. 0 ni v er Note: ..Kiishlwaayaa" is an Intransitive Inanimate verb which means "it is warm" (speaking about the weather). ad Now, write two dialogues of your own, similar to the ones in the ·previous section. Be sure to include at least one of the Transitive Verbs you have learned in this lesson in each dialogue. he 2. U Writing Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. ke Speaking Practice: 0 150 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Continuation of Dialogues Listen and Understand: Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this reading exercise several times on your own. Translations are on pages 236 and 237. io n Nilcii-mamishimaa nitootem onaako. Kah! Aan tahsh kaa-tootank? Kii-kiimooci-maacaa awahsinaako. Kekonen tahsh? at A. uc 1. Okii-kohsaan ominlhkwen. of ty Nikii-mamishitaan kipimipanihcikan. Kekonen tahsh? Osaam kii-k.ishllwemakan. Aan tahsh waa-tootaman? Nahke piko. Aan tahsh kiln enentaman? Kinantawentaan ina ci-kipihtinamaan? Ebe, aahti nftawaac klpihtinan. Fa cu l B. Ed Aanti tahsh kaa-ishaac? Nahke piko. Kii-kiiwetok maawiin. Miina na tahsh ta-pi-kiiwe Jdtlnentaan? Siyaaken maawiin. er sit y ( 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 nikohsaamin kikohsaamin kikohsaawaa okohsaawaan (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) he ad U nikohsaa kikohsaa okohsaan ni v Note: ••okohsaan,, is a Transitive Animate Verb meaning "he/she is afraid of him/her''. The verb stem is kobs. Here is a partial paradigm: ke "Ominihkwe" is an animate noun meaning "alcohol drinker". La "Kitinentaan° is a Transitive Inanimate Verb meaning "think something to be so',_ The verb stem is lnentan. Here is a partial paradigm: 1 2 3 C nitinentaan kitinentaan inentam 13 nitinentaamin 21 kitinentaamin 22 kitinentaanaawaa 33 inentamowak "Kishiiwemakan" is an Inanimate Intransitive verb which means "it is loud". "Nitawaac" is a Particle which means '-might u well". "Kipihtinan!" is a Transitive Inanimate verb which means "stop it! (by hand), shut it off!". 151 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: 2. Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La 3. 0 152 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseF Read and Understand: n In this exercise, you will learn how to use some of the transitive verbs introduced in this lesson in simple sentences. First, we will do some examples together. Translations are on page 237. Noonkom kaa-tipihkaak niwii-pakitinaa kinooshe ci-papaarnaatakec. b) (Ki)ka-poosihaa na kimohshoom pimihsewinink noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? c) Kaawin. kaawin niin nika-poosihaahsiin. Soosan iitok oka-poosihaan. d) Ohomaa nika-pakitinaan moohkomaan naaniyahii onaakanink. e) (Ki)ka-poosihtoon ina kipaashkisikan ciimaanink? f) Kaawin nika-poosihtoohsiin nipaashkisikan ciimaanink. Osaam kohtaatikwan. uc at io a) Ed 1. of r More Sentences With Transitive Verbs 1 ty Note: ' Kohtaatikwan" is an Intransitive Inanimate verb meaning "it is dangerous". Fa For speaking practice work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v 3. sit Speaking Practice: er ( Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. y 2. cu l Writing Practice: L 153 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G Continuation of Sentences Read and Understand: d) Kika-pi-kiiwenotawaa na kiwiiciiwaakan ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? Kaawin, kaawin nika-pi-kiiwenotawaabsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Paanimaa waapank nika-pi-kiiwenotawaa. Kekiin ina kiwii-kocihpitaan pankii shoomlnaapoo? e) Kaawin, kaawin wiibkaa nimihkwehsiin sboominaapoo. f) Aasba wiipac nika-pi-kiiwenotaan nitashllhkewin. io b) c) at Ke-kishepaayaak nika-kocihpwaa aanahkonaa. Ed uc a) 0 n In this exercise you will continue to learn how to use the Transitive verbs introduced in this lesson in simple sentences. First, we will do some examples. Tranlsations are on page 237. of t. cu l ty Note: "Shoominaapoo" is an Inanimate noun which means "wine". "Tashiihkewin" is an Inanimate noun which means "village, settlement, or community". Writing Practice: Fa Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. y 2. er 0 ke he ad U ni v For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to La 3. sit Speaking Practice: 0 154 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise ff More Sentences Read and Understand: In this exercise, read and understand the following sentences. Translations are on page 237. Nikii-tepihtawaa koohkoohkohoo noopimink tipihkonk. b) Kikii-nantohtawaa na mahiinkan kaa-kii-wawoonoc tipihkonk? c) Kaawin, kaawin nitoonci-nantohtawaahsiin mahiinkan tipihkonk. Nikii-nipaa. d) Nitepihtaan paawihtik ihiweti awahsite pihkwaamatinaak. e) Aan ke-tootaman ani-tipihkaak? O Niwii-nantohtaan nikamowin. uc at io n a) Ed 1. of Note: "Nikamowin" is an Inanimate Noun which means "song". "Wawoono" is an Animate Intransitive verb which means "howl". cu l sit 3. y Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new one you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v er ( Write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Fa 2. ty Writing Practice: L 155 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise I Final Set of Sentences 0 Read and Understand: io of h) at b) c) d) e) f) g) Nika-kiiwewinaa nitootem waapank. Awahsiwaapank nika-pi-kiiwe. Sally na kewiin oka-maaciiwinaan owiiciiwaakanan? K.aawin, kaawin oka-maaciiwinaahsiin owiiciiwaakanan. Oka-nakanaan na otayihshan ahpii maacaat? Ebe, oka-nakanaan (o )hsha iitok ahpii maacaat. Kika-kiiwewitoon ina kipaashkisikan ahpii ishkwaa-nanaantawencikeyan? Ebe, nika-kiiwewitoon ahpii isbkwaa-nanaantawencikeyaan. Ahpii miina wii-nanaantawencikeyaan nika-maaciiwitoon. Nika-nakataan nioiimaawiniwash ohomaa. Nika-pi-naaslhkaan naake. uc a) n This is the final exercise involving sentences in this lesson. Translations are on page 238. Ed 1. Fa (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) 0 er Naasihkan! Naasibkamok! U ni v Go get it! (singular) Go get it! (plural) ad Now, using the sentences above as a model, write some sentences of your own using the transitive verbs listed below: La ke he 2. ninaasihkaamin kinaasihkaamin kinaasihkaanaawaa onaasihkaanaawaa sit Imperative Form: Writing Practice: cu l 13 21 22 33 ninaasihkaan kinaasihkaan onaasihkaan y 1 2 3 ty Note: "Naasihkan" is a Transitive Inanimate Verb which means "Get it; fetch it". Here is a partial paradigm: nikiiwewitoon oirnaaciiwitoon ninakataan nikiiwewinaa oimaaciiwinaa ninakanaa Speaking Practice: 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences in section 1 plus your own from section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand these sentences and have mastered the pronunciation. 0 156 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseJ Final Review Test for Lesson 2 Transitive Animate Verbs This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 238. English Translation io TA Verbs uc at a. nipiihaa Ed b. kimaaciipahiwaanaa of c. omamishimaan cu l ty d. nipakitinaa Fa e. kipoosihaa U h. kitepihtawaa ni v er g. nipi-kiiwenotawaa sit y f. okocihpwaan ad i. onatohtawaan ke he j. nikiiwewinaa k. kimaaciiwinaa La ( n 1. I. onakanaan Note: Check your spelling and translation when you have finished. 157 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Transitive Inanimate Verbs Translate the following words into English. The words are in the same order from (a-1) from the previous section. Translations are on page 238. Q En1dish Translation n TI-Verbs at io a. nipiihtoon uc b. kimaaciipahiwaataan of Ed c. omamishitaan ty d. nipakitinaan cu l e. kipoosihtoon Fa f. okocihpitaan sit y g. nipi-kiiwenotaan ni v er h. kitepihtaan 0 he ad j. nikiiwewitoon U i. onatohtaan ke k. kimaaciiwitoon I. onak.ataan La 2. Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are finished. 0 158 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 3. In this final review exercise, there are 24 transitive verbs listed in mixed order (a-x) on the left hand side below. Accompanying the English translation is a small box. Use a pencil and write the letter which matches the translation in the box. b) nikiiwewinaa c) nipiihtoon d) kimaaciwinaa e) omamishitaan t) kipoosihtoon g) onatohtawaan h) nipiihaa i) kimaaciipahiwaanaa j) kitepihtaan k) nikiiwewitoon I) nipi-kiiwenotawaa m) kitepihtawaa n) onakataan o) kimaaciiwitoon p) omamisbimaan q) nipakitinaa io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad he onatobtaan ke r) s) □ I am coming back for it. □ He/she is tasting it. □ He/she is listening to it. □ You are hearing him/her from the distance. □ He/she is leaving it behind. □ You are taking it away. □ I am Jetting it go. □ He/she is tasting s.t. animate. □ You are putting him/her on board. □ I am letting hem/her go. □ You are running away from it. □ He/she is telling on it. □ You are putting it on board. □ You are hearing it from the distance. □ I am taking him/her home. n onakanaan La ( a) kimaaciipahiwaataan t) okocihpwaan u) nipi-kiiwenotaan v) okocihpitaan w) x) D □ □ D D He/she is listening to him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are taking him/her away. I am waiting for it. I am waiting for him/her. kipoosihaa D D D He/she is telling on him/her. nipakitinaan D I am coming back for him/her. He/she is leaving him/her behind. I am taking it home. Note: Check your answers with the instructor when you have done this final review test. 159 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A New AI Verbs Q 2. 4. s. 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of 1. Ed uc at io n In this lesson, there will be twelve (12) new Animate Intransitive Verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as the instructor says the words that match the pictures below. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations arc on page 239. he - - --- La ke -- 0 . 11. 160 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerciseB r Reading and Understanding Listen and Understand: Here is the list of words which were introduced to you in the previous page. In this exercise, listen carefully once again as the instructor repeats them. They are in order from 1 to 12. Translations are on page 240. {12) kwaashkwepine Words have been broken down into syllables for you to help identify them and for proper pronunciation. A space separates the syllables. (1) lei sii pii lcii (2) ki sii hsi pa so kaa hsii kwe (9) memcpi so kaa hsii ni naa ka ne pih taa bpi so pi naa hkwe ho (10) .Id to hci ke Fa kapaa y {11) matwehike (12) kwaa shkwe pi ne sit (6) poosi (7) (8) La ke he ad U ni v er (_ (3) (4) (5) cu l ty 2. memepiso (10) Jdtohcike (11) matwehike of (6) (9) at (3) (4) (5) uc (2) (7) poosi (8) . kapaa kisiipiikii kisiihsipaso kaahsiikwe kaahsiininaakane pihtaahpiso pinaahkweho Ed (1) io n 1. L 161 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise C 0 Read and Understan d: io . Ed uc at . n Below are twelve pictures. For writing practice, write the word in the numbered space which corresponds to the picture. Translations arc on page 240. cu l ty of 1. 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa 4. - 11. La l. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 10. 5. 11. 6. 12. 162 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. Translate these words into English. They are in mixed order. Translations are on page 240. English Translation AI Verbs 2. pinaahkweho 3. kapaa 4. lcisiihsipaso 5. kwaashkwepine 6. ldtohcike 7. kaahsiikwe 8. memepiso 9. pihtaahpiso 10. kisiipiikii 11. matwehike 12. poosi y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kaahsiininaakane (4) he (5) take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair U (1) (2) (3) ni v Say each of the following in the Native language in the form that means "he/she...,. ad 3. er sit ( 1. La ke (6) get on, embark disembark:, get off (9) swing oneself (10) play a musical instrument (11) drumming (12) fishing with a hook (7) (8) L 163 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise D Matching Pictures and Words 0 In the beginning of this lesson, you were introduced to twelve AI Verbs. In this exercise, there are 12 pictures below. Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of the picture. Using a pencil, match up pictures and wolds by writing the appropriate number in each box. Corrections are on page 241. I pinaahkweho □ memepiso uc Ed cu l □ □ at □ Fa y sit er ni v U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ poosi of :I~ , ~~ ,' I t:J. ___ □ ty (0 io n ~ ad he ke La ~ ~ 164 kitohcike □ pihtaahpiso □ kaahsiikwe □ □ [I:] kisiipiikii 0 kapaa matwehike □ kwaashkwcpine □ kisiihsipaso □ kaahsiininaakane 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Matching Words to the Pictures n In this exercise. there are twelve pictures in the first column. Accompanying them is a list of words in the second column. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 242. kaahsiininaakane t at io t uc 2. Ed ldsiihsipaso kwaashkwepine t matwehike • kapaa y sit kaahsiikwe er ~ ~ --~ ~ • • ad - U ni v C Fa cu l ty of t La ke he • • • . --- ~ ' ◄I H - - ~ t! • . , .~ ., .. 165 pihtaahpiso kitohcike kisiipiikii memcpiso pinaahkweho poosi �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerciseE Fill in the Missing Letters _ _ _h_ _ _k__ _o_ _i p_ _t_ _ _p__ _ k_ _ _s_ _n_n_ _k_ _ _ _ _t_ _ _i_ _ __s_ _ _s_p_ _ _ _ _s_ _p_ _k_ _ _ w _ _ _h_ _ _p_ _ _ m_ _e_ _s_ m__w_ _i_ _ n p_n___k_ _h_ uc at io k_ _ _a of Matching Up Translations Fa cu l ty In this exercise, there are two columns of words. The column on the left contains AI verbs and the column on the right contains English translations. Using a pencil, draw a line to the English translation which corresponds to the AI verbs. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 243. er sit y AI-Verbs ni v kisiipiikii 0 fishing with hook put clothes on he poosi get on, embark disembark, get off••• ad pinaahkweho Enelish Translation drumming U memepiso wash one's face ke lcaahsiininaakane lay musical instrument kisiihsipaso La 2. 0 For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Ed 1. kwaashkwepine swing oneself matwehike take a bath kapaa wash dishes kaahsiikwe take a shower pihtaahpiso comb one's hair 166 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Singular Forms Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, you will be learning how to use these new Intransitive Animate Verbs in first, second and third person fonns only. Let's begin with the twelve pictures below. Listen carefully as the instructor says these following words. Translations are on page 243. n r Exercise F uc at io . . nikisiihsipas kikisiihsipas kisiihsipaso of nikaahsiikwe kikaahsiikwe kaahsiikwe :s. nipihtaahpis kipihtaahpis pihtaahpiso sit nipinaahkweh kipinaahkweh pinaahkweho U ni v er nikaahsiininaakane .kikaahsiininaakane kaahsiininaakane y 4. ( Fa cu l ty nikisiipiikii Jcikisiipiikii kisiipiikii Ed l. he ad -- La ke nipoos ldpoos poosi nikapaa kikapaa kapaa nimemepis kimcmepis memepiso nimatwehike kimatwehike matwehike 167 nikwaashkwepine kikwaashkwepine kwaashkwepine . 11. L nikitohcike kikitohcike kitohcike �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Now you know twelve new Animate Intransitive Verbs. For writing practice, fill in the following chart with appropriate forms of each of these new words. 0 uc at io n I'm cu l ty of Ed You're_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa He/she's,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 2. 0 168 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Let's also practice the negative fonns. The first example in each set has been done for you. Corrections are on page 244. Ed uc at io n 1) I'm not - kaawin nikisiipiikiihsiin Fa cu l ty of 2) You're not - kaawin .kikisiipiikiihsiin er sit y ( La ke he ad U ni v 3) He/she's not - kaawin kisiipiikiihsiin 4. For speaking practice, work in pairs by taking turns repeating phrases out loud in sections 1, 2. and 3. L 169 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise G Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues with a partner. English translations are on page 245. Nikosihs aasha na kikii-kisiipiikii? Kaawin, kaawin niwii-kisiipiikiihsiin. Niwii-kisiihsipas ehta. Wiipac! Kwayaaciin. Aasha wiipac kika-maacaa. Niwii-wiihsin pankii mwaye-maacaayaan. Kekonen waa-miiciyan? Anoominaapoo, pankii ehta. Ahaaw, nika-kiishisaan. Miikwehc nimaamaa. B. Kaahsiininaakanen mwaye-rnaacaayan! Naake, niwii-kaahsiikwe niikaan. Kehcinaac nika-kaahsiininaakane mwaye-maacaayaan. Amihiwe kwayahk. Aasha na kitani-maacaa? Ebe, wiipac miina kika-waapamin. Ahaaw, mino-kiishikanihtoon. Miikwehc. Kekiin mino-kiishikanihtoon. of Ed uc at io n A. sit y Fa cu l ty 1. Aasha na pihtaahpiso kiciimic? Kaawin, kiiyaapic pinaahkweho. Wiintamaw aasha ke.kaat otaapaan ta-pi-takopiso. Ahaaw. eniwehk nika-wiintamawaa. Kiin tahsh wiin, aan ke-tootaman noonkom .kaa-kiishikaak? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentahsiin. Naanta nika-matwehike kape-kiishikaa. D. Aan waa-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishikaak? Niwii-antawi-kwaashkwepinc. Niwii-amwaa kinooshe. Kekiin ina kiwii-amwaa kinooshe? Kaawin. Shikaak niin niwii-amwaa. Tepwe ina? Ehshay! Ebe, kekiin ina kiwii-amwaa shikaak? No, paanimaa kwenawi-miiciyaan nika-amwaa shikaak. La ke he ad U ni v er C. 0 New Vocabulary: Niikaan (pc) Amihiwe kwayahk (pc) Mino-kiishikanihtoon (vai) Eniwehk (pc) Kape-kiishikaa (vii) at front, leading that's good have a good day attempt, cffo~ trial all day 170 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now write two dialogues of your own. Be sure to use some of the new vocabulary introduced in this section. Speaking Practice: For speaking practice. get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have io n 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at mastered the pronunciation. L 171 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2 2 LESSON 3 Exercise H Plural Forms 0 Read and Understand: nikisiihsipasomin kikisiihsipasomin kikisiihsipasonaawaa kisiihsipasowak nikaahsiikwemin kikaahsiikwemin kikaahsiikwenaawaa lcaahsiikwewak (4) nikaahsiininaakanemin kikaahsiininaakanemin kikaahsiininaakanenaawaa kaahsiininaakanewak (5) nipihtaahpisomin kipihtaahpisomin kipihtaahpisonaawaa pihtaahpisowak (6) nipinaahkwehomin kipinaahkwehomin kipinaahkwehonaawaa pinaahkwehowak (7) nipoosimin kipoosimin kipoosinaawaa poosiwak (8) (9) nimemepisomin kimemepisomin kimemepisonaawaa memepisowak at uc Ed of nikapaamin ldkapaamin kikapaanaawaa kapaawak sit er kikitohcikemin kikitohcikenaawaa kitohcikewak U ni v 0 (10) nikitohcikemin ad he ty cu l Fa (3) (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) y nikisiipiikiimin Jcikisiipiikiimin kikisiipiikiinaawaa kisiipiikiiwak io (2) (1) (11) nimatwehikemin (12) La ke kimatwehikemin kimatwehikenaawaa matwehikewak Note: n In this exercise, you will be learning how to use these new Animate Intransitive verbs in the plural fonns. This time. we will not be using pictures. Listen carefully as the instructor says the words listed below. Translations are on page 246. 1. nikwaashkwepinemin kikwaashkwepinemin kikwaashkwepinenaawaa lcwaashkwepinewak When you complete this exercise, see if you can identify the prefixes and suffixes used to make the different plural forms. 0 172 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, fill in the plural paradigms of the words listed below. Corrections are on page 246 and 247. kisiipiikii kaahsiikwe pihtaahpiso pinaahkweho poosi kitohcikc matwehike kwaashkwepine n kapaa io _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.) (incl.)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (incl.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) (you pl.)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) (thcy)._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) of Ed uc at _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (incl.) (cxcl.) (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) ty (excl.) cu l (incl.) Fa (you pl.) (they) (you pl.) (you pl.) (they) (they) (cxcl.) (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (you pl.) U ni v er (excl.) sit y ( (they) La ke he ad (they) L 173 (you pl.) (they) �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Let's also try some negative plural forms using the verbs listed below. Here is an example: Corrections are on page 247. matwchike io memepiso poosi at kitohcike (excl.) (incl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (you pl.) (they) (they) uc (excl.) (excl.) (incl.) (you pl.) (they) cu l ty of Ed kapaa kaahsiikwe 0 n kaawin nikisiihsipasohsiimin (excl.) kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiimin (incl.) kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiinaawaa (you pl.) kaawin kisiihsipasohsilwak (they) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (excl.),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.),_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(excl.) (incl.) Fa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _{incl.) sit (you pl.) (they) (you pl.) (they) 0 er _ _ _ _ _ _ _(they) y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(you pl.) (incl.) La ke he ad U ni v Note: When you complete this exercise, make sure you can identify the word parts used in making plural negative fonns. 0 174 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I r Paradigms Singular and Plural Read and Understand: So far, you have learned the meaning of twelve Intransitive Animate Verbs in this lesson both singular and plural and positive and negative forms. n In this exercise, let's put together singular and plural in pardigms for some verbs. Translations are on page 248. 1 nikisiihsipas 2 kikisiihsipas 3 kisiihsipaso 13 nikisiipiikiimin 21 .kikisiipiikiimin 22 .kikisiipii.kiinaawaa 33 kisiipii.kiiwak 13 ni.kisiihsipasomin 21 kikisiihsipasomin 22 .kikisiihsipasonaawaa 33 kisiihsipasowak 1 nikaahsiikwe 2 lcikaahsiikwe 3 kaahsiikwe 1 nikaahsiininaakane 2 kikaahsiininaakanc 3 kaahsiininaakane 13 nikaahsiininaakanemin 21 kikaahsiininaakanemin 22 kikaahsiininaakanenaawaa 33 kaahsiininnaakanewak Write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. Corrections arc on page 248. U 2. ni v er 13 nikaahsiikwemin 21 .kikaahsiikwemin 22 .kikaahsiikwenaawaa 33 kaahsiikwewak y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1 nikisiipiikii 2 kikisiipiikii 3 kisiipiikii sit ( at io 1. ad pihtaahpiso poosi 1_ _ _ _ _ _ __ l _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_________ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke he l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La L pinaahkweho 175 22'----------33_ _ _ _ _ _ __ �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 1 kaawin nimemepisohsiin 2 kaawin kimemepisohsiin 3 kaawin memepisohsiin 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 at io kaawin nimemepisohsiimin kaawin kimemepisohsiimin kaawin kimemepisohsiinaawaa kaawin memepisohsiiwak uc kaawin nikapaahsiimin kaawin ki.kapaahsiimin kaawin kikapaahsiinaawaa kaawin kapaahsiiwak 0 n 1 kaawin nikapaahsiin 2 kaawin kikapaahsiin 3 .kaawin kapaahsiin Ed Write negative paradigms using the verbs listed below. Corrections are on page 249. matwehike of kitohcike l._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2.____________ 3,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3.____________ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Fa y 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ sit 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty !. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ er 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 he ad U ni v 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22'------------33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ke 4. Let's also do some negative fonns. The first two examples have been done for you. Translations are on page 248. La 3. 0 176 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise J r Review Test This review has three sections. Before you begin. review the meaning of the words. In this exercise, there are twelve pictures below. Accompanying each word is a small box. Using a pencil, write the number of each picture in the appropriate box. Corrections are on page 249. at □ uc kaahsiininaakane io n 1. of ty □ kapaa □ kaahsiikwe □ pihtaahpiso Fa y sit er ( cu l matwehike ni v kwaashkwepine Ed □ □ kisiihsipaso U □ he ad memepiso La ke kiisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkweho L □ □ □ □ □ Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 177 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 In this section, there are twelve pictures listed in the second column. In the first column is a list of words. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. Correctionsa are on page 250. . .... uc ... io ~ kaahsilkwe n [tlJ kapaa 0 at 2. pihtaahpiso Ed ~ • pinaahkwcho • poosi • matwehikc • cu l memepiso Fa • 0 he ad U ni v er sit y kiisiipiikii ty of kitohcike ke kwaashkwcpinc • La kisiihsipaso t kaahsiininaakanc t Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 178 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 3. Translate the following words into English. Translations arc on page 249. English Translation AI Verbs pinaahkweho io n poos1 at kitohcike uc kiisiipiikii Ed memepiso of pihtaahpiso cu l ty kaahsiikwe kapaa Fa matwehike sit U ni v kaahsiininaakane er kisiihsipaso y kwaashkwepine ( La ke he ad Note: Check your translation when you have finished. L 179 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Inanimate Intransitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn simple phrases and sentences with Inanimate Intransitive verbs. Some new II verbs are listed below. Translations are on page 251. In this exercise. there are ten verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. shaakashkine (7) masbkawaahkwatin (8) niiskaatan (9) isbkwaahkamikan (10) wiihsakaakamin Ed uc at (6) nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan kishiiciwan maacaamakan of (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) io n 1. 0 ty Notice how the words can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables and pronunciation, we have placed a space between each one. In this section, listen carefully as your instructor repeats each word. After completing this exercise. repeat the exercise in section l with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. English translations will be given in section 4. Fa cu l 2. (3) (4) (5) ad U The words from section 1 are presented below. Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you have completed, check your spelling. sh_ _k_ _ _k_ _ _ (f) m__c_ _m_ _ _n (b) m_ _ _k_ _ _ _ _k__t_ _ (g) ki_ _ _ _ci_ _ _ n_ _ _k_ _t_ _ {b) ki (i) _ _p_ _s_ _ (j) __ ke (c) he (a) La 3. 0 y ki pi hsin kih ken taa kwan ki shii ci wan maa caa ma kan shaa ka shki ne ma sbka waa bkwa tin (8) nil skaa tan (9) isb kwaa hka mi kan (10) wii hsa kaa ka min sit (2) (6) (7) er nih shi wa naa tan ni v (1) (d) __ k___ k __ k (e) __ h k k _ _ n __ shi t k __ _ aa __ 0 180 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 4. The translation of each new word is given below. Study them and then do the next exercise. nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan (4) ldshiiciwan (5) maacaamakan (6) shaakashkine (7) mashkawaahkwatin (8) niiskaatan (9) ishkwaahkamikan (10) wiihsakaakamin (1) (2) (3) y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n It is spoiled It is closed It is known It is a fast current It is going away It is full It is frozen solid (something non-liquid) The weather is miserable The event is over It tastes bitter (liquid) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 181 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseB Complete the Sentences 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, ten incomplete phrases in English are listed below. Using one of the II verbs learned in this lesson, complete each phrase with a suitable Ojibwe word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 251. n I. at io The suitcase: wsh.-.aak_as_hki_·nu.:e~-------The river: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. uc The weather: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed The event: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ The salt water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The door: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty The meat: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, of The plane: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa The food: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Q Shinkopiiwaapoo ni v er sit There are ten incomplete phrases in the Severn dialect listed below. Using one of the II verbs introduced in this lesson, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. wiihsakaakamin U Akwaciink awahsinaako kii-____________ ad Pipoononk saakahikau kii- ____________ ---------------------------------- ke Paawihtik he Pasbkwewash _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Miicim kiih hkwaantem _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. La 2. y When the winter arrives: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. Aahkosiwin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. Pimibsewin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Aasha weshkac kii-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 182 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of fonns to read. 1. In this exercise, you will be learning to write simple sentences using the Il verbs you have d) e) at ty Writing Practice: wiihsakaakamin La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( ishkwaahkamikan Fa shaakashkine mashkawaabkwatin niiskaatan cu l Now, write your own sentences in your notebook, similar to the ones above. Use the II verbs listed below. y 2. uc c) Ed Kaawin niwii-miicihsiin wiiyaahs. Nihshiwanaatan. Nitishkwaantem kipihsin. Kihkentaakwan aasba wiipac ci-pipoonk. Kishiiciwan siipi kaa-kii-waapantamaan onaako. Aasha kii-maacaamakan ciimaan. of a) b) io n just learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences for you. Translations are on page 251. L 183 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseD Questions and Answers 0 Read and Understand: Question at (a) io n You have already learned how to form some simple phrases and sentences with II verbs. In this exercise, you will learn to form sentences by asking simple questions and answers. 1. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be in given first, second and third person forms. Negative answers will also be given immediately after. Translations are on page 252. uc Nihshiwanaatan ina kitinentaan wiiyaahs? Ed Positive Amwer Ne1attve Answer Kaawin, kaawin nihshiwanaatanhsinoon nitinentaan. Question ty (b) of Eba, nihshiwanaatan ohsba nitinentaan. cu l Kipibsin ina lcitisbkwaantem? Fa Positive Answer Eba, kipihsin (o)hsha nitishkwaantem. y Neptlve Answer Question 0 er ( C) sit Kaawin, kaawin kipihsinhsinoon nitishkwaantem. Positive ADfflet ni v Kihkentaakwan ina aasha kekaat ci-pipoonk? U Eba, kihkentaakwan (o)hsha aasha kekaat ci-pipoonk. Ne1at1ve Answer Question he (d) ad Kaawin, kaawin kihkentaakwanhsinoon aasba kekaat ci-pipoonk. ke Osaam ina kishiiciwan siipi kitinentaan? Positive Answer La Ebe, osaam (o)hsha kisbiiciwan nitinentaan. Nuattve Aomer Kaawin, kaawin osaam kishiiciwanhsinoon nitinentaan. (e) Question Aasha ina kekaat ta-maacaamakan pimihsewin? Positive Amwer Ebe, aasha kekaat ta-maacaamakan. Neptlve Answer Kaawin, kaawin wiipac ta-maacaamakanhsinoon. 184 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 2. Now, try writing some questions and answers of your own, using the sentences above as a model. Use the II verbs listed below. Translations are on page 253. ishkwaahkamikan wiihsakaakamin y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 185 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseE Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how II verbs are used in the dialogues. Some of the II verbs introduced in this lesson are written in italic type. As before, new words will be written in bold type. Translations are on page 253. Kaawin niwii-miicihsiin wiiyaahs. Kekonen tahsh? Nihshiwanaatan nitinentaan. Kekonen tahsh miishkoc waa-miiciyan? Kaawin nltawaac nika-wiihsinihsiin. Pankii ehta nika-minihkwe shoominaapoo. B. Kipihsin ina kitishkwaantem? Kaawin, nipaahkihsltoon. Aanahpii tahsh ke-kipihsitooyan? Waapank maawiin nika-kipibsitoon mwaye-maacaayaan. Amihiwe kwayahk. C. Kihkentaakwan aasha kekaat ci-niipink. Anleldlshiwaayaa. Koon ekwa mihkwam ani-ninkiso. Siipi ani-maaciciwan kaye ani-kishiiciwan. Nihkak takohsewak kaye shiihshiipak ekwa mahlcwak wanishkaawak. Ed uc at io n A. Aasha kekaat ta-maacaamakan pimihsewin. Aasha na kikwayaacii? Kekaat aasha nikwayaacii. Kiin tahsh wiin, kekiin n;1. kirnaacaa? Kaawin. Niwii-nanaantawencike noohpimink. Waapoos ekwa pine niwii-nanaantawaaparnaak. Amihiwe k.wayahk. Nipakobsenim ci-wii-minobseyan. Kihci-miikwebc nitootern. ke he ad U ni v D. 0 er sit y Fa cu l ty of 1. La New Vocabulary: Milshkoc (pc) Nitawaac (pc) Paahkihsin (vii) Ani-kiishiwaayaa (prev + vii) Ani-ninkiso (prev + vai) Ani-maaciciwan (prev + vii) Ani-kishiiciwan (prev + vii) Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan Ani-(prev) Kipihsitoon in exchange, instead of, in turn might as well, well I better, instead it is open becomes warm weather becomes melted (animate) start to flow start to flow fast I wish you the best begin to, start to, away close it 186 0 �INTERMEDIATE onBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the vocabulary items listed below, or some of the other new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Translations are on page 253. ishkwaahkarnikan wiihsakaakamin io n shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan uc Working with a partner, practice reading the dialogues introduced in this exercise. Practice reading your own dialogues also. Take turns so you each have an opportunity to say each line. y Fa cu l ty of Ed 3. at Speaking Practice La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 187 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise F 10 More U Verbs 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, there are ten more new II verbs introduced to you. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 2':54. (5) n In this section, to help you identify the syllables and with pronunciation, we have placed a Ed 2. shiiwaa shiiwaakamin (8) moosbkine (9) minwentaakwan (10) macentaakwan io (2) (3) (4) (6) (7) saakaapahte ashepite siilcinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate at (1) uc 1. saa kaa pa hte a she pi te sii ki ni kaa te aaniman o shi hci kaa te (3) (4) 0 ni v er Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you have completed, check your spelling. (a) sh_ _w_ _ (b) o_ _ _ _ci_ _ _te (c) - _ _kaa_ _ _te (g) m_c_ _t_ __k_ _ _ _ _m_ _ _ (h) m_ _w_ _t_ _k_ _ _ (d) s_ _ki__k_ _ _e (i) _ _ _sb_ _ _e (e) a_ _ _pi_ _ (j) ___ ke he ad U (f) waa __ n La 3. sit y (5) cu l (2) shii waa shii waa lea min moosbkine (9) mi nwen taa kwan (10) ma cen taa kwan (6) (7) (8) Fa (1) ty of space between each one. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them. After completing this exercise, repeat the exercise in section 1 with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. English translations will be given in section 4. 0 188 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 io of ty cu l Fa y La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( n smoke comes out goes backwards being poured (liquid) be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full (liquid) be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring saakaapahte ashepite sii.kinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate sbiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine minwentaakwan macentaakwan at ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Ed r In this section. study the meaning of the words carefully before you continue to the next exercise. uc 4. L 189 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseG Complete the Sentences 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, ten incomplete phrases in English are listed below. Using one of the II verbs just introduced, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 254. n I. The event:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ty of The smoke: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ The outboard motor: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Ed The water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in the container. The pow-wow: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ at io The porridge: _ _ sru.,.·1... ·w.._.aa ___________ The juice: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l The water: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in the container. Fa Life: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, 0 ni v er sit There are ten incomplete phrases in the Severn dialect listed below. Using one of the new Il verbs, complete each phrase with a suitable word. The first one has been done for you. Corrections are on page 254. U Metawewin minwentaakwan Nipi _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad Shiiwupoo ________________ he Anoominupoo _______________ --------------- ke Waahkaahikan Aahkosiwin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La 2. y The house is being _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, Shinkopiiwupoo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _in a container. Pimipanihcikan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Noohpimink _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiishikaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 190 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise H r Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some sentences in a variety of fonns to read. In this exercise, you will be learning to write simple sentences using the II verbs you have learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences for you. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 254. cu l ty Writing Practice: 2. at Kii-aaniman anohkiiwin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Matikwaan kii-oshihcikaate onaako. uc d) e) Ed Saakaapahte ihiweti naaniyahii pihkwaamatinaak. Pimihsewin ishi-ashepite naanew. Ta-siikinikaate shinkopiiwaapoo ani-tipihkaak. of a) b) c) io n 1. Now, write some sentences of your own using the Il verbs listed below. minwentaakwan macentaakwan y La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( Fa shiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine L 191 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Questions and Answers 0 Read and Understand: You have already learned how to fonn simple phrases and sentences with II verbs. Question at a) io n In this exercise, you will learn to fonn sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first, second and third person forms. Also, negative answers will be given immediately after. Translations are on page 255. uc Saakaapahte ina noohpimink? Ed PosltiveAnswer Ebe, saakaapahte (o )hsha noobpimink. of Neptive Answer Kaawin, kaawin saakaapahtehsinoon noohpimink. Nibtaa-ashepite ina kipimipanihcikan? Fa PositiveAnswer ty Question cu l b) Ebe, nihtaa-ashepite (o )hsha nipimipanihcikan. y Nentive Answer Question 0 er c) sit Kaawin, kaawin nihtaa-ashepitehsinoon nipimipanihcikan. PosttiveAoswer ni v Aasba ina kii-siikinikaate nipi asiwacikaniok? U Ebe, aasha (o )hsba kii-siikinikaate nipi asiwacikanink. Neutive Answer he Qgestion Aaniman ina anohkiiwin kitinentaan? ke d) ad Kaawin, kaawin mahshi siikioikaatehsinoon nipi asiwadkanink. PosltlveAnswer Ebe, aaniman (o)hsha anohkiiwin nitinentaan. La I. NenUve Answer Kaawin, kaawin aanimanhsinoon anohkiiwin nitinentaan. e) Question Oshibcikaate ina kiwaahkaahikan? PosltlveAnswer Ebe, oshibcikaate (o )hsha niwaahkaahikan. Neptive Answer Kaawin, kaawin oshibcikaatehsinoon niwaahkaahikan. 192 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: r 2. Now, write some sentences of your own using the II verbs listed below. Be sure to include some negative answers. Translations are on page 256. minwentaakwan macentaakwan y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shiiwaa shiiwaakamin mooshkine La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( L 193 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 E:x:erci.seJ Dialogues 0 Read and Understand: at Aasha miina saakaapahte noohpimink. Ooshta! Amiikaanahi miina aasha e-maacii-sahkitek. uc A. io n Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how Il verbs are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. Translations of the new vocabulary are listed on the next page. Translations are o page 256. Aan tahsh ke-tootamank? Ed Nahke piko. Ka-maaciipahiwemin kaana. Aanti tahsh ke-ihpahiweyank? ty Aan entiyan kitinentaan? Ashepite ohsha nishtikwaan nitinentaan. Fa Kekonen tahsh wenci-inentaman? cu l B. of Nahke piko. Nipiihkaank kaana. Kaawin kwayahk nimaamitonentansiin. y Kekoon ina piikoshkaa kishtikwaanink kitinentaan? 0 er OR sit Kamaawiin siyaaken. Aasha na nipi kii-siikinikaate pootawaanink? U C. ni v Siyaaken maawiin kaawin. ad Kaawin mahsbi. Kiyaapic pankii niwii-kiishitep. K.ehcinaac nipi siikinan ahpii ishkwaa-kiishitepoyan. he Ahaaw, kehcinaac nika-tootaan. Aasha ina kimaacaa? ke Ebe, niwii-kiiwe mwaye-kimiwank. Waapank kaana tahsh miina kika-waapamin. La 1. Ahaaw, waapank kika-waapamin kiishpin mino-kilshikaak. D. Kii-aaniman ina anohkiiwin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ebe, tepwe kii-aaniman. Kika-kii-pi-wiicihihsh ina waaapank? Kaawin, nika-otamiihke. Awahsiwaapank tahsh wiin? Nahke piko. Pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. 194 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 D. oshihcikaate saakaapahte shiiwaakamin Fa io mooshkine aaniman macentaakwan er sit Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La ke he ad U ni v 3. (4) (5) (6) y (2) (3) cu l ty Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the Il verbs listed below in each dialogue. ( l) ( of Writing Practice: 2. at C. I guess so, is that so start fire, begin fire run away from in the water my head what purpose, why is it so think so be broken I hope not fireplace, camp fire pour s.t., pump s.t. out be busy uc B. Amiikaanahi (pc) Maacii-sahkite (prev + vii) Maaciipahiwe (vai) Nipiihkaank (ni + locative) Nishtikwaan (prefix+ ni) Wenci-onci- (prev) Inentam (vai2) Piikoshkaa (vai) Kamaawiin siyaaken (pc) Pootawaan (ni) Siikinan (vti) Otamiihke (vai) Ed A. n New Vocabulary: 195 �INTERM EDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise K Final Review Test for Lesson 4 0 Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: Enelish Translation II Verbs shaakashkine b. mashlcawaahkwatin c. niiskaatan Ed uc at a. nihshiwanaatan g. kioihsin ty f. cu l wiihsAlrSISIleamin Fa e. of d. ishkwaahlcamikan maacaamakan k. shiiwaa 1. shiiwaakamin ni v U ad m. mooshkine minw;anta . - o. macentaakwan ke abte La . he n. p. 0 sit j. er kishiiciwan y b. kihkentaakwan i. n This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready. translate them into English. Remember, try and answer without looking at your notes. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 251. io 1. a. asheoite r. siikinikaate s. aaniman t. oshihcikaate . Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 196 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Ojibwe (Severn dialect). II Verbs It tastes bitter (liquid) b. The event is over c. The weather is miserable d. It is frozen solid (something non-liquid) e. It is full f. It is swim? awav g. It is a fast current h. It is known i. y Be dull, boring sit 1. ni v er m. n. Being made, build. processed he Be difficult, be hard ke Being poured Goes backwards La s. Be full Be sweet ad p. Be enjoyable, liked, fun Be sweet (liauid) U o. r. io at Fa It is spoiled k. q. uc Ed of ty It is closed j. ( n a. cu l English t. Smoke comes out Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are finished. L 197 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise A Introduction to Body-Parts 0 Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will introduce you to some of the body parts, as shown in the diagram at io n below. Listen carefully as your instructor says each of the following words. Translations are on page 258. h. mishtikwaan Ed uc a. mikanakaap i. mipiiway j. mihtawak mikot ty C. of b. micaap Fa cu l d. mitoon y e. mitaamihkan er sit f. mikotashkway • ni v g. mitooskwan k. manoway I. mikwayaw t;m.~~ 0 n. minihk La ke he ad U o. mininc 0 198 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise B Possessive Forms of Body-Part Nouns Read and Understand: 1 ni.kanakaap 2 kikanakaap 3 okanakaap b. 1 nicaap 2 kicaap 3 ocaap C. 1 nikot 2 ktkot 3 okot d. 1 nitoon 2 ldtoon 3 otoon e. 1 nitaamihkan 2 kitaamihkan 3 otaamihkan f. 1 nikotahshkway 2 kikotahshkway 3 okotahshkwayan g. 1 nitooskwan 2 kitooskwan 3 otooskwan h. 1 nishtikwaan 2 kishtikwaan 3 oshtikwaan i. 1 nipiiway 2 kipiiway 3 opiiway k. 1 nimanoway 2 kimanoway 3 omanowayan m. 1 nitihtiman 2 ldtihtiman 3 otihtiman ad he ke La o. y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. 1 nihtawak 2 kihtawak 3 ohtawak er sit j. I. l nikwayaw 2 kikwayaw 3 okwayaw n. 1 nioihk 2 ldnihk 3 onihk U C In this exercise, we will review the possessive forms of the new words you have learned in singular form only. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 258. ni v 1. 1 nininc 2 ldninc 3 oninc In Severn Ojibwe nearly all nouns for body parts must occur with a person prefix (to indicate who the body part belongs to). Three of the person prefixes are the same as are found with L other nouns, those for "my", "your''. and "his/her''. These forms were presented in Exercise B, number 1. There is also a special prefix mi or m which only occurs with nouns for body parts or kinship terms. It indicates an indefinite possessor: "someone's". For example, a form such as mikot means "someone's nose, a nose". 199 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseC Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns 0 Read and Understand: Body-part nouns can also have locative forms, just like other nouns. Listen carefully as your insbllctor repeats the following words. Translations are on page 259. 1 nikanakaapink 2 kikanakaapink 3 okanakaapink b. 1 nlcaapink 2 kicaaplnk 3 ocaapink c. 1 nlkotink 2 klkotink 3 okotink d. 1 nltoonlnk 2 kltoonlnk 3 otoonink e. 1 nltaamihkanink or sank 2 kltaamihkanlnk or aank 3 otaamihkanink oraank f. I nlkotashkwaank 2 kikotashkwaank 3 okotashkwayank g. 1 nltooskwanink or aank 2 kltooskwanink or sank 3 otooskwanink or sank h. 1 nlshtikwaanlnk 2 klshtikwaanlnk 3 oshtilcwaanink i. 1 nlpiiwayink 2 klpiiwayink 3 opiiwayink k. 1 nlmanowayink 2 klmanowayink 3 omanowayink m. 1 nltihtimanink or aank 2 kltihtimanink or aank 3 otihtimanink or aank io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y 1 nlbtaw k 2 kihtawakaank 3 ohtawakaaok I. 1 nllcwayawaank 2 kikwayawaank 3 okwayawaank n. 1 ninihldnk 2 klojbldnk 3 onibklnk he ad U ni v er sit j. 0 ke 0. n a. 1 nlninciink 2 klninciink La 1. 3 oninciin.k 0 200 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseD r Questions and Answers Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, before you begin asking questions and answers, learn t~s phrase first n "Aanti eshi-tewisiyan?" which means "where does it hurt you?" First, we will do some examples together. Notice that in each one the answer has a locative ending. Translations are on page 259. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikanakaapink. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nicaapink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikotink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitoonink. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitaamihkanink or aank. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nikotashkwaank. Q. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? A. Nitooskwanink or aank. mihtawak at uc Ed of ty mioibk mininc ad Speaking Practice: mitihtiman U manoway mikwayaw ni v mishtikwaan mipiiway he With a partner try asking and answering the types of question you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. La ke 3. cu l y Now try writing some questions and answers that follow the pattern in #1 above. sit 2. er ( Fa Writing Practice: io Q. Q. L 201 �INTER MEDI ATE OJIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercis eE More Questio ns and Answer s 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise we'll learn another question you can ask about body parts.. The first question below means "Does your forehead hurt?" Listen carefully as your instructor repeats the examples listed below. Translations are on page 259 and 260. Question: Kitewis ina kicaapink? Positive: Ebe, nitewis nicaapink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nicaapink. C. Question: Kitewis ina kikotink? Positive: Ebe. nitewis nikotink? Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nikotink. D. Question: Kitewis ina kitoonink? Positive: Ehe, nitewis nitoonink. Negative: Kaawin. kaawin nitewisihsiin nitoonink. at B. uc Question: Kitewis ina kikanakaapink? Positive: Ehe, nitewis nikanakaapink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin nitewisihsiin nilcanakaapink. 0 er Question: Kitewis ina ldtsarnibkaoink? Positive: Ebe, nitewis nitaarnibkaoiokNegative: Kaawin. kaawin nitewisihsiin nitaamihkanink. Now, try writing some questions and answers that follow the pattern in #1 above. he 2. ad Writing Practice: U ni v E. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. io n 1. mihtawak maooway La ke mitooskwao mishtikwaan mipiiway Speaking Practice: 3. With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. 0 202 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 B. Question: Tewisi ina otitihtimanink? Positive: Ebe, tewisi otitihtimanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin tewisihsiin otitihtimanink. io Question: Tewisi ina okwayawaank? Positive: Ehe, tewisi okwayawaank. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin tewisihsiin okwayawaank. at A. n Now try some of the following questions, in which the question is asked about a third-person. Notice again that the answer contains a body-part noun with a locative ending. Translations are on page 260. uc 4. Ed Write your own questions and answers in third person form by using the words listed below. Fa cu l ty of mininc minihk La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 203 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseF More Body-Parts 0 Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will introduce to you the second half of the body parts as shown in the diagram below. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats the words. Translati ons are on page 260. c. coocoobs h d. mihsat e. mitihs f. mishiikan g. mipwaam h. milcitik i. mibkaat j. misit Fa mitehi y b. 0 sit waahkika n ni v er a. m. waawika n cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. La ke he ad U n. miyaw or miiyaw k. mitoonta n 1. niihsiikisitaan 0 204 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Possession in Paradigm Forms Read and Understand: 1 nicoocoohshim 2 klcoocoohshim 3 ocoocoohshiman d. 1 nimihsat 2 kimihsat 3 omihsat e. I nitihs 2 kltihs 3 otihs f. 1 nishiikan 2 kishiikan 3 oshiikan g. l nipwaam 2 klpwaam 3 opwaam i. 1 nihkaat 2 kihkaat 3 ohkaat k. 1 nltoontan 2 kitoontan 3 otoontan m. 1 niwaawikan 2 kiwaawikan 3 owaawikan n C. io 1 nitehi 2 kitehi 3 otehi at b. uc 1 niwaahkikan 2 kiwaahkikan 3 owaahkikan cu l ty of Ed a. ni v he ke 205 l nikitik 2 kfkitik 3 okitikoon j. 1 nisit 2 kisit 3 osit I. l niniihsiikisitaan 2 klnHhsiikisitaan 3 oniihsiikisitaan n. 1 niyaw 2 kiyaw 3 oyaw er sit y Fa h. La ( In this exercise, we will review possessive forms of the new words you. have learned, in singular form only. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 261. U 1. ad r Exercise G �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON S ExerciseH Locative Forms of Body-Part Nouns 0 Read and Understand: Body•part nouns can also have locative forms. just like other nouns. Liste_n carefully as your instructor repeats the following words. Translations ar eon page 262. 1 nlwaahkikanink 2 kiwaahkikanink 3 owaahkikanJnk b. 1 nitebink 2 kltehink 3 otebink c. 1 nlcoocoohshimink 2 klcoocoohshimink 3 ocoocoohshimink d. 1 nlmibsataank 2 klmihsataank 3 omihsataank e. 1 nltihsiink 2 kltihsiink 3 otihsiink f. 1 nishiikanink or aank 2 klshiikanJnk or aank 3 oshiikanink or aank g. l nlpwaamink 2 klpwaamink 3 opwaamlnk h. i. 1 nlhkaatink 2 klhkaatink 3 ohkaatlnk k. 1 nitoontanlnk 2 kltoontanlnk 3 otoontanlnk m. l niwaawikanaank 2 kiwaawikanaank 3 owaawikanaank cu l ty of Ed uc at io n a. y Fa 1 nlkitikonk 2 klkitikonk 3 okitikonk 1 niniihsiikisitaanlnk 2 kiniihsiikisitaaoiuk 3 oniihsiikisitaanink n. 1 niyawink 2 ldyawink 3 oyawink ad 0 ke he l nisitlnk 2 ldsidnk 3 ositink 1. U ni v er sit J· La 1. 0 206 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise I Questions and Answers Read and Understand: A. A. A. A. ty Vocabulary Note: io A. A. Niwaahkikanink. Nitehink. Nicoocoohshimink. Nimihsataank. Nisitink. Nitihsiink. Nishiikanink or aank. Nipwaamink. at A. A. uc Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Ed Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. n Here we will learn another way to ask questions about body parts. The question means "Where does it hurt you?" First, we will do some examples together. Sections 1 and 2 translations are on page 262. of 1. Fa cu l The word wiihsakentam "he/she has extreme pain" suggests very severe pain, while tewlsi "he/she is sore, is in pain", suggests Jess intense but constant pain. sit Try writing some questions and answers on your own using the words listed below. niihsiikisitaan waawikan miyaw or miiyaw U mildtik mihkaat misit mitoontan er 2. ni v ( y Writing Practice: With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned in this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. La ke 3. he ad Speaking Practice: L 207 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON S ExerciseJ More Questions and Answers Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will be asking questions such as "Kiwiihsakentaan Ina kiwaaldhkanink?" which means "Do you have pain in your chest?" Listen carefully as your instructor repeats the examples listed below. Sections 1, 2 and 4 translations are on page 263. 0 io n I. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kiwaahkikanink? Positive: Ebe, niwiibsakentaan niwaahkikanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiibsakentahsiin niwaahkikanink. B. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kitehink? Positive: Ebe. niwiihsakentaan nitebink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiihsakentahsiin nitehink. C. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kicoocoohshimink? Positive: Ebe, niwiihsakentaan nicoocoohshimink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiibsakentahsiin nicoocoohshimink. D. Question: Kiwiihsakentaan ina kimihsataank? Positive: Ebe. niwiihsakentaan nimihsataaok. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin niwiihsakentahsiin nimihsataank. E. Question: Kiwilhsakentaan ina kitihsiink? Positive: Ehe, niwiihsakentaan nitihsiink. Negative: Kaawin, k.aawin niwiibsuentahsiin nitibsiink. 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. Now, write your own questions and answers following the pattern in section 1, and using the words listed below. ke he 2. ad Writing Practice: mihkaat misit La mishiikan mipwaam mikitik Speaking Practice: 3. With a partner try asking and answering the types of questions you learned io this section. Take turns so that both of you have the opportunity to practice questions and answers. 0 208 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 A. Question: Wiihsakentam ina otootanink or aank? Positive: Ehe, wiihsakentam otootamink or aank. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin wiihsakentansiin otoontanink. or aank B. Question: Wiihsakentam ina oniihsiikisitaanink? Positive: Ebe, wiihsakentam oniihsiikisitaanink. Negative: Kaawin, kaawin wiihsakentansiin oniihsiikisitaanin.k. n Here are some examples of questions and answers in third person form only. io 4. waawikan mikonew/mikwinew mitenan niihsiikinicaan mashkasb Fa cu l ty inside of mouth tongue finger fmgemail/toenail La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( of Here are some additional body•part words to keep in mind. Ed miyaw/miiyaw L 209 uc at Write your own questions and answers in the third person form by using the words listed below. �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise K Review Test This review test has four sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. In this review test exercise. there are fifteen (15) words in mixed order listed below. io Translate them into English. The space is provided for you. Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 translations are on page 264. uc at English Translation Nouns Ed mishtilcwaan mipiiway of mihtawak ty manoway cu l mikwayaw Fa mitihtiman y minihk sit mininc 0 er mitooskwan ni v mikotashkway U mitaamihkan ad mitoon ke he mikot micaap n 1. 0 La mikanakaap Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 210 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 2. In this section. there are fifteen English words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the spaces provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) hand io n elbow Ed lips uc chin/jaw at throat of nose eye Fa cu l ty forehead sit y ( arm shoulder neck er cheek ni v ear hair ad U head La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 211 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 3. In this review exercise, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the spaces provided for you. Q English Translation Nouns n mipwaam io milcitik at mihkaat uc misit Ed mitoontan of niihsiikisitaan ty waawikan cu l miyaw/miiyaw Fa waahkikan mitehi sit y coocoohsh 0 er mihsat ni v mitihs ad U mishiikan La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 212 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 4. In this section, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the spaces provided for you below. Ojfbwe (Severn Dialect) English hip io n navel Ed heart uc breast at stomach of chest ty body Fa cu l thigh er sit y ( knee leg foot heel ni v toe ad U back La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. L 213 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test 0 Lesson 1 Review Test This review test has three sections. There are twelve Transitive Animate Verbs (VTA) and twelve Transitive Inanimate Verbs (VTI). To successfully complete the review, you will need to go over the spelling and meaning of the words you have learned. In this part, please give the English translation for each Ojibwe word. Sections 1, 2, and 3 translations are on page 265. uc at io n 1. English Translation Ed Transitive Animate Verbs I am waiting for him/her. of 1. Nipiihaa ty 2. Kimaaciipahiwaanaa cu l 3. Omamishimaan Fa 4. Nipakitinaa y S. Kipoosihaa sit 6. Okocibpwaan ni v 8. Kitepihtawaa ad U 9. Onatohtawaan l 0. Nikiiwewinaa 0 er 7. Nipi-kiiwenotawaa La ke 2. Onakanaan he 11. Kimaaciiwinaatoon Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 214 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 r 2. Now give the English translation for each of the following Transitive Inanimate verbs. English Translation Transitive Inanimate Verbs 1. Kipiihtoon io n 2. Nimaaciipahiwaataan at 3. Omamishitaan Ed uc 4. Kipakitinaan S. Nipoosihtoon of 6. Okocihpitaan ty 7. Kipi-kiiwenotaan cu l 8. Nitepihtaan Fa 9. Onatohtaan er sit 11. Nimaaciiwinaa ke he ad U ni v 12. Onakataan La ( y 0. Kikiiwewitoon 21S �INTERMEDIATE ODBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned in this lesson. Translate them into Ojibwe as shown below. Be sure to indicate the verb type of each Ojibwe word. Do this exercise on your own. Native Language Translation English Language Translation Verb Type I am waiting for him. VTA 1. Nipiihaa Are you waiting for it? 3. He/she is running away from him/her. 4. You are running away from it. 5. Are you telling on him/her? 6. I am telling on it. 7. I am letting him/her go. at uc Ed of ty He/she is letting it go. cu l VTI 8. Opakitinaan Are you putting him/her on board? Fa 9. You are putting it on board. 10. sit y u. er 12. ni v l3, Are you coming back for it. ke He/she is listening to him/her. I am listening to it. La 19. 0 Are you hearing it from the distance? he 16. He/she is tasting s.t. inanimate. I bear him/her from the distance. ad !5. I am tasting s.t. animate. I am coming back for it. U 4. l8. io 2. 17. 0 n 3. Are you taking him/her home? He/she is taking it home. ?O. He/she is taking him/her away. 1. Z2. I am taking it away. 23. He/she leaves him/her behind. Z4. You are leaving him/her behind 216 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 3 Review Test Note: In lesson 1 review test there were the same TA Verbs and TI Verbs used in lesson 2. Therefore, there is no need to repeat the review test. io In this section, there are twelve pictures. There are also twelve Ojibwe words, each with a small box beside it. Using a pencil, match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Sections 1 and 3 corrections are on page 266. □ memep1so □ kisiipiikii kaahsiininaakane ty □ pihtaahpiso of Ed uc at 1. n This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. Fa y kisiisihpaso □ er sit ( cu l 1. □ .- □ < c:..;,, _., '--~,. . U ni v kwaashkwepine kitohcike □ poosi kapaa D pinaahkweho kaabsiikwe matwehike La ke he ad □ L 217 □ □ □ lQ~ �INTERMEDIATE onBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 In this section, there are twelve pictures. Accompanying them is a list of words to the left of the pictures. Using a pencil, draw a line to the picture which corresponds to each word. Corrections are on page 267. kiisiipiikii memepiso io at uc Ed of kitohcike ty pihtaahpiso cu l kaahsiikwe y sit er • • • ke he kwaashkwepine • La kisiisibpaso ~ 0 - ~ ad matwehike [ji] .- U poosi Fa •• pinaahkweho 0 n • • • • • kapaa ni v 2. - • . ~ ~ kaahsiininaakane • Note: Check your answers when you have finished. 218 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 3. Translate the following words into English. They are in mixed order. r English Translation AI Verbs pinaahkweho io n poosi at kitohcike Ed uc kisiipiikii memepiso of pihtaahpiso cu l ty kaahsiinkwe Fa kapaa ( y matwehike er ni v kisiihsipaso sit kwaashkwepine U kaahsiininaakane La ke he ad Note: Check your translation when you have finished. 219 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 4 Review Test: En21ish Translation II Verbs shaakashkine b. mashkawaahkwatin c. niiskaatan d. ishkwaahkamikan e. wiihsakaakamin f. nihshiwanaatan 2, kipihsin h. kihkentaakwan i. kishiiciwan i. maacaamakan k. shiiwaa I. shiiwaakamin 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at a. 0 n This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the meanings of the words very carefully. Remember, you have to do this on your own. There are twenty Il verbs listedbelow. When you are ready, translate them into English. Check your translations on page 266. io 1. minwent11akwan o. macentaakwan D. saakaaoahte Q. r. siikinikaate s. aaniman t. oshihcikaate ke he n. La ad m. mooshkine asheoite 0 220 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. There are twenty English phrases listed below. When you are ready. translate them into Ojibwe (Severn dialect). Check your translations on page 268. English Tranlstions It tastes bitter (liquid) b. The event is over C. The weather is miserable d. It is frozen solid (somethin2 non-liquid) e. It is full f. It is 2oin2 away g. It is a fast current h. It is known i. at Fa y sit er l. n. Be made, built, processed he Be difficult, be hard ke Bein2 noured Goes backwards La s. Be sweet ad p. Be enjoyable, liked, fun Be sweet (liauid) U o. Be dull, boring Be full ni v m. r. uc It is spoiled k. q. Ed of ty It is closed j. ( n a. cu l II Verbs io r 2. Smoke comes out t. Note: Check your spelling and translations when you are done. L 221 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test Lesson 5 Review Test: This review test has four sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words. 1. 0 In this review exercise, there are fifteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the io EngUsh Translation at Nouns uc mishtikwaan Ed mipilway of mihtawaak ty manoway cu l mikwayaw Fa mitihtiman minihk sit y mininc 0 er mitooskwan ni v mikotasbkway U n,itaamihkan ad mitoon ke he mikot micaap n space provided for you. Sections 1 to 4 translations are on page 268. La mikanakaap Note: Check your translations when you are done. 0 222 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 6 2. In this section, there are fifteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the space provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) n hand throat Ed lips uc chin/jaw at io elbow of nose ty eye Fa cu l forehead er sit y ( arm shoulder neck cheek ni v ear U hair ad head La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. L 223 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 3. In this review test exercise, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into English in the space provided for you. 0 English Translation Nouns mipwaam io n mikitik at mihkaat uc misit Ed mitoontan of niihsilkisitaan waawikan cu l ty miyaw/miiyaw waahkikan Fa mitehi y coocoohsh sit mihsat ni v er mitibs 0 U mishiikan La ke he ad Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 224 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 r 4. In this section, there are fourteen words listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe in the space provided for you. English Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) hip Ed heart at breast uc stomach io n navel of chest ty body Fa cu l thigh er sit y ( knee leg foot heel ni v toe ad U back This is the end of Unit 2; ~ n s 1 • 6 La ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. This is the end of the semester. On behalf of Ken James and Tom Beardy, we hope you did well in this course. We thank you for your interest in the Native language. Kinanaahkomlkoo L 225 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: 0 Lessons 1-5 Animate Nouns: Translations are on page 269. mashkash toohaan io n coocoohsh manoway ty of Ed mikotashkway mihtawak mininc mitihs mihkaat waawikan niihsiikincaan nikamowin mikot mitooskwan mikwayaw waahkikan mishiikan misit miyaw/miiyaw pinaahkweho kapaa memepiso matwehike wiiciikisi ihpahiwe maaciipahiwe piikoshkaa ontamiihke 0 he ad U ni v kisiisihpaso pakohsenimo nikiso kaahsiikwe kaahsiininaakane pihtaabpiso er sit kiiwike (within community) kiiwite (out of community) inentam y Fa Animate Intransitive Verbs: IDJcaap uc kapehshiwin tashiikewin mikanakaap mitaamihkan mipiiway minihk mihsat mikitik niihsiikisitaan mitenan cu l minihkwewin pootawaan mitoon mishtikwaan mitihtiman mitebi mipwaam mitoontan mikonew at Inanimate Nouns: ke Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: kiishiwaayaa kishiiwemakan maacaamakan shaakashkine mashkawaahkwatin niiskaatan La minwentaakwan macentaakwan paabkibsi.n maaciciwan kishiiciwan saakaapahte ashepite ishkwaahkamikan wiihsakaakamin siikinikaate aaniman oshihcikaate mooshkine nihshiwanaatan kipihsin kihkentaakwan shiiwaa shiiwaakamin 226 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Transitive Animate Verbs: Translations are on page 270. kohsi maaciwish maaciipahiwaash mamishim poosihi nakash nantohtaw pi-kiiwenotaw pakitin kohtan maaciwitoon maaciipahiwaatan mamishitan poosihtoon nakatan nantohtan pi-kiiwenotan pakitinan io n wanihi kiiwewish piihi tepihtaw kocihpo uc Ed eniwehk ahkonaak nipiihkaank ahpii piko y Fa nitawaac acina miishkoc kamaawin sit Preverbs: piihtaa- ni v er wenci- Prefix: he Expressions: ad U kape- Ani-maaciciwan. Ani-ninkiso. Kape-kiisbikaa. Mino-kiishikanihtoon. Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan. ke Amihiwe kwayahk. Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? Aanti eshi-wiihsakentaman? Ani-kiishiwaayaa. Ani-kishiiciwan. La ( cu l ty Particles: of wanihtoon kiiwewitoon piihtoon tepihtan kocihpitan at Transitive Inanimate Verbs: 227 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1: More About Transitive Verbs Exercise A: d. e. f. f. g. i. J. k. 1. n io at uc Ed m He/she is waiting for him/her. He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is letting him/her go. He/she is putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it. (VTA) He/she is coming back to him/her. He/she bears him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. He/she is taking him/her home. He/she is taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. He/she is waiting for it. He/she is running away from it. He/she is telling on it. He/she is letting it go. He/she is putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (VTI) He/she is coming back to it. He/she hears it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. He/she is taking it home. He/she is taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. ke he YIA La a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. I. 0 Third-Person Transitive Verbs ExerclseB: 1. of You are waiting for it. You are running away from it. You are telling on it. You are letting it go. You are putting it on board. YOU are tasting it. You are coming back to it. You hear it from a distance. You are listening to it. You are taking it home. You are taking it along. You are leaving it behind. ty You are waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are telling on him/her. You are letting him/her go. You are putting him/her on board. You are tasting it. (VTA) You are coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. You bear him/her. You are taking him/her home. You are taking him/her along. You are leaving him/her behind. cu l c. m Fa a. b. YU y 3. sit I. er i. j. k. ni v h. U b. c. d. e. f. g. I'm waiting for it. ·"Tm running aw~y_from it. rm telling on it. I'm letting it go. I'm putting it in a car/boat. I'm trying the taste of it (inanimate). I'm coming back to it. I'm coming back to it. I can hear it from a distance. I'm listening to it. I'm taking it home. I'm leaving it behind. I'm waiting for him/her. I'm running away from hlm/her. I'm telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. I'm putting him/her on board. I'm trying the taste of it (animate). I'm coming back to him/her. I hear him/her from a distance. I'm listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. I'm taking him/her along. I'm leaving him/her behind. ad a. 0 m YIA 1. 228 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Form Only Exercise C: Question 1. Positive Answer Are you waiting for Susan? Yes, I'm waiting for Su~an. OR Neeative Answer Are you running away from him/her? io n No, I'm not waiting for her. Yes, I'm running away from him/her. at OR uc No, I'm not running away from him/her. Are you waiting for the airplane? Ed Yes, I'm waiting for the airplane. OR of No, I'm not waiting for the airplane. Are you running away from it? cu l OR ty Yes, I'm running away from it. No, I'm not running away from it. Fa Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative Question 1. er sit ExerciseD: ni v ( Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. y Note: Answer Yes, he/she is waiting for Susan. OR No, he/she is not waiting for Susan. ad U Is he/she waiting for Susan? Yes, he/she is running away from him/her. OR No, he/she is not running away from him/her. ke he Is he/she running away from him/her? La Is he/she waiting for the airplane? Yes, he/she is waiting for the airplane. OR No, he/she is not waiting for the airplane. Is he/she running away from it? Yes, he/she is running away from it. OR NO, he/she is not running away from it. L Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 229 �INTERMEDIATE O.nBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Paradigms Exercise E: 0 1 I'm waiting for him/her. 2 You are waiting for him/her. 1 I'm waiting for it_. 2 You are waiting for it. 3 He/she is waiting for him/her. 3 He/she is waiting for it. 13 We (exc) are waiting for it. 21 We (inc) are waiting for it. 22 You (pl) are waiting for it. 33 They are waiting for it. io 13 We (exc) are waiting for him/her. 21 We (inc) are waiting for him/her. ty cu l Fa Sections 3 will be completed in the text. Working With the Language y Exercise F: Do you want to wait for the chief here? No, I don't want to wait for him/her. I want to go home now. b) My dog wants to eat. I want to run away from him/her today. c) I told on your friend yesterday. He/she stole the food. d) My daughter wants to work tomorrow. I will let her go. sit a) 0 U ad he ke Are you waiting for the airplane? La e) ni v er I. He/she is running away from it. He/she is telling on it. He/she is letting it go. He/she is putting it on board. of He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is letting him/her go. He/she is putting him/her on board. Ed m llA Note: uc at 22 You (pl) are waiting fonn him/her. 33 They are waiting for him/her. 2. n YIA 1. Note: f) I'm running away from the sickness. g) He/she is putting the gun into the boat. h) I put my knife on the kitchen table. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 0 230 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More Sentences Exercise G: Did you listen to the bird that was singing the day before yesterday? b) I want to listen to the radio tonight. c) My grandfather is sick. I want to take him home tomorrow. d) Are you taking you book home tonight? e) I took my grandmother along this morning. 0 Are you taking your gun along today? g) Are you taking your knife along today? h) Joan is leaving behind her younger sibling. i) Peter is leaving behind his tent. Note: Ed uc at io n a) Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise H: cu l Dialogues of 1. ty r 1. Hello Ernie. What will you do today? I will wait for my daughter. She is coming home today. How about you? What will you do? I want to run away from my spouse. Why? He/she drinks too much. I'm not happy. How about your son, is he going with you? Yes, he is going with me. I can't leave him behind. B. What do you want to do when you finish work? I will wait for the airplane. It will arrive maybe at 2 o'clock. How about you, what do you want to do when you finish work? I want to run away from the cold weather. Why? Don't you like the cold weather? I don't like winter. It's cold too long. How about your spouse, is he/she going with you? Yes, he/she also is coming. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Fa A. 1 I'mhappy 2 You're happy 3 He/she is happy L Note: 13 21 22 33 We're happy (exc.) We're happy (inc.) You're happy (pl.) They're happy Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 231 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More Dialogues n io at Did you tell about the bad thing yesterday? Yes, someone did something bad yesterday. What did he/she do? He/she fought someone. Why? He/she drank too much wine. What will he/she do? He/she will let the drinking go. uc B. 0 Ed I told on my friend the day before yesterday. Why? He/she stole something from the store. What did he/she steal? · Money. Ohmy! How much? I don't know. I'm not told exactly. What do they want to do? I want to take him/her home tomorrow. of A. Fa cu l 1. ty Exercise I: sit y VAI+Q ni v ad 1 I'm fighting him/her. 2 You are fighting him/her. 3 He/she is fighting him/her. Note: 0 13 We (exc.) are doing something bad. 21 We (inc.) are doing something bad. 22 You (pl.) are doing something bad. 33 They are doing something bad. La ke he 1 I'm doing something bad. 2 You're doing something bad. 3 He/she is doing something bad. YIA We (exc.) are stealing. We (inc.) are stealing. You (pl.) arc stealing. They are stealing. U LU 13 21 22 33 er 1 I'm stealing 2 You're stealing. 3 He/she is stealing. 13 21 22 33 We (exc) are fighting him/her. We (inc.) are fighting him/her. You (pl.) are fighting him/her. They are fighting him/her. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 0 232 �INTERMEDIATE OllBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Transitive Animate Verbs: 10. he Native Lapguaae Inuslatiop Yecbime ke Nipiihaa Kipiihtoon na? Omaaciipahiwaanan Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishimaa na? Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaa Opakitinaan Kipoosihaa na? Kipoosihtoon Nikocihpwaa Okocihpitaan La 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. L n io at cu l Fa y sit er ad 11. 12. ni v 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. You are waiting for it. I'm running away from it. He/she is telling on it. You are letting it go. I'm putting it on board. He/she is tasting it (VTI). You are coming back to it. I hear it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. You are taking it home. I'm taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. U 1. ty Transitive Inanimate Verbs: uc 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. I'm waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. You are putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it (VTA). I'm coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. You are taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. Ed 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. of r Review Transitive Verbs ExerciseJ: Native J.anpaae Translation VTA 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI 233 Kipi-kilwenotaan ina? Nipi-kilwenotaan Nitepihtawaa Kitepihtaan ina? Onatohtawaan Ninatohtaan Kikiiwewinaa na? Okilwewitoon Omaaciiwinaan Nimaaciiwitoon Onakanaan Kinakanaa Yerbime VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 2: 0 More About TA Verb Subject and Object Combinations Exercise A: (1 acting on 3) at io n I'm waiting for him/her. I'm running away from him/her. I'm telling on him/her. I'm putting him/her on board. uc (2 acting on 3) of Ed You are waiting for him/her. You are running away form him/her. You are telling on him/her. cu l ty (3 acting on 3 Obviatlve) y Fa He/she is waiting for him/her. He/she is running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. He/she is putting him/her on board. 0 er sit (3 acting on 1) ad (3 acting on 2) U ni v He/she is waiting for me. He/she is running away from me. He/she is telling on me. ke he He/she is waiting for you. He/she is running away from you. He/she is telling on you. La (3 Obviative acting on 3) He/she is being waited on by him/her. He/she is being ran away from by him/her. He/she is being told on by him/her. He/she is being put on board by him/her. 0 234 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION More About Animate Combinations ExerciseB: 2. Tell on him/her! Put him/her on board! Section 3 will be completed in the text. Note: (1 acting on 2) n 4. io I'm waiting for you. Ed uc at I'm running away from you. I'm telling on you. I'm putting you on board. (2 acting on 1) cu l ty of You are waiting for me. You are running away from me. You are telling on me. You are putting me on board. Dialogues 1. Fa Exercise C: A. What are you doing this evening? I will wait for Susan. Why? We want to leave. Oh yeah! Where do you (pl.) want to go? We (exc.) want to go to the dance. Please wait for me! I want to go to the dance too. Okay. we (exc.) will wait for you. B. I will be leaving today. Oh yeah! Where, then, are you going? rm running away from my dog. Why? Does he/she want to eat? No, he/she is angry. Why is he/she angry? He lost his/her ball. Where did he/she lose it? I don't know. He did not tell me. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 1 I lost him/her. 2 You lost him/her. 3 He/she lost him/her. L 13 21 22 33 We lost him/her. (exc) We lost him/her. (inc.) You lost him/her. (pl.) They lost him/her. 235 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Why is he/she crying? Why is he/she sleeping? Why is he/she sick? Why is he/she laughing? Why is he/she leaving? 0 I will be leaving this evening. Oh yeah! Where abouts are you going? rm running away from the cold weather. Why? Are you cold? Yes, its always too cold. How about your dog? Is he/she going with you? No, he/she is not cold. What is he/she going to do? My older brother will look after him/her. of B. ty What are you doing this start of the day? I will wait for the airplane. Why? I want to leave. Oh yeah! Where do you want to go? I want to go where the weather is warm. Okay, I will wait for you. Come home soon. 0 Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. ke Note: he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l A. Ed More Dialogues Exercise 0: 1. uc at io n Why are you angry? Why are they angry? Why are you (pl.) angry? Why are we (inc.) angry? Why are we (exc.) angry? Why am I angry? 1. Continuation of Dialogues La ExerciseE: A. I told on my friend yesterday. Oh yeah! What did he/she do? He/she left secretly the day before yesterday. Why? He/she wu scared of the alcohol drinker. Where did he/she go? I don't know. He/she most likely went home. Do you think he/she will be coming back again. I hope so. 236 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I told on it about your outboard motor. Why? It was too loud. What do you want to do. I don't know. What do you think? Do you want me to shut it off? Yes, please, might as well shut it off. 1 I think somthing to be so. 2 You think something to be so. 3 He/she thinks something to be so. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Continuation of Sentences U Exercise G: La ke he ad a) In the morning I will taste the bannock. b) Will you be coming back to your spouse when you finish work? c) No, I will not be coming to him/her today. Later tomorrow I will be coming back to him/her. d) Do you also want to taste some wine? e) No, I never drink wine. f) Soon I will be coming back to my community. Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise H: 1. L Note: at cu l er sit y Fa Tonight I want to let the fish to swim around. Are you going to put your grandfather on the airplane today? No. I'm not going to put him on board. Susan will most likely put him on board. I will put the knife here beside the plate. Are you going to put your gun in the boat? No, I will not put my gun in the boat. It is too dangerous. Note: 1. uc More Sentences With Transitive Verbs ni v ( We think something to be so. (exc.) We think something to be so. (inc.) You think something to be so. (pl.) They think something to be so. ty Exercise F: a) b) c) d) e) f) io Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Note: 1. 13 21 22 33 We are afraid of him/her. (exc.) We are afraid of him/her. (inc.) You are afraid of him/her. (pl.) They are afraid of him/her. Ed 13 21 22 33 n 1 I'm afraid of him/her. 2 You are afraid of him/her. 3 He/she is afraid of him/her. of B. a) b) c) d) e) More Sentences I heard the owl in the woods last night. Did you listen to the wolf that was howling last night? No, I did not listen to the wolf last night. I was sleeping. I hear the rapids over there beyond the hills. What will you do tonight? I want to listen to a song. Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. 237 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Final Set of Sentences Exercise I: a) I will take my friend home tomorrow. The day after tomorrow I will be coming home. b) Will Sally also be taking along her spouse? c) No. she will not be taking her spouse along. d) Will he/she be leaving behind his/her dog when he/she leaves? e) Yes. he/she will most likely leave him/her behind when he/she leaves. f) Will you be taking your gun home when you finish hunting? g) Yes, I will be taking it home when I finish hunting. When I want to hunt again I will take it along. h) I will leave my lunch box here. I will come and get it later. Q uc of ty cu l Sections 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. Exercise J: Final Review Test for Lesson 2 2. ad U ni v er sit y TransiUve Animate Verbs a) I'm waiting for him/her. b} You are running away from him/her. c) He/she is telling on him/her. d) I'm letting him/her go. e) You are putting him/her on board. f) He/she is tasting it. (TA) Transitive Inanimate Verbs a) b) c) I'm waiting for it. You are running away from it. d) He/she is telling on it. I'm letting it go. e) f) You are putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (TI) I'm coming back to him/her. g) I'm coming back for it. h) You ar hearing him/her from a distance. h) i) He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. i) You are hearing it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. I'm taking it home. ke j) he g) j) La 1. I'm taking it home. I'm taking it along. I'm leaving it behind. I'm taking him/her home. I'm taking him/her along. I'm leaving him/her behind. Note: We are getting it. (exc.) We are getting it. (inc.) You are getting it. (pl.) They are getting it. Fa 2. 13 21 22 33 Ed 1 I'm getting it. 2 You are getting it. 3 He/she is getting it. at io n I. k) I) You are taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. k) I) 0 You are taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. 0 238 �y w) x) Lesson 3: er C New AI Verbs U ad he 5. La 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on. embark disembark. get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook ke 2. 3. 4. ni v Exercise A: 1. 11. 12. io at uc Ed Fa u) v) of h) i) j) k) I) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) t) ty O g) He/she is leaving him/her behind. I'm talcing him/her home. I'm waiting for it. You are talcing him/her along. He/she is telling on it. You are putting it on board. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm waiting for him/her. You are running away from him/her. You are hearing it from a distance. I'm talcing it home. I'm coming back to him/her. You are hearing him/her from a distance. He/she is leaving it behind. You are taking it along. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. He/she is listening to it. You are running away from it. He/she is tasting it. (TA) I'm coming back to it. He/she is tasting it. (TI) You are putting him/her on board. I'm letting it go. cu l a) b) c) d) e) sit 3. n INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION L 239 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n 5. io 4. at 3. 0 take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on, embark disembark, get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook uc I. 2. Ed I. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1. ty cu l Fa y 0 wash dishes s. 6. 7. he ad 2. comb one's hair 3. disembark, get off 4. take a shower fishing with a hook play a musical instrument wash one's face swing one's self put clothes on take a bath drumming get on, embark La 2. sit 6. 7. er s. ni v 2. 3. 4. take a bath take a shower wash one's face wash dishes put clothes on comb one's hair get on, embark disembark, get off swing one's self play a musical instrument drumming fishing with a hook U 1. ke I. of Exercise C: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 0 240 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION n io at uc of ty cu l La ke he ad U ni v er ( kapaa kwaashkwepine 3. mempiso 4. kaahsiininaakane s. kaahsiikwe 6. kitohcike 7. kisiipiikii 8. pinaahkweho 9. pihtaahpiso 10. matwehike 11. poosi 12. kisiihsipaso 1. 2. Fa 1. Ed Matching Pictures and Words Exercise D: y r kisiipiikii 2. kisiihsipaso 3. kaahsiinkwe 4. kaahsiininaakane 5. pihtaahpiso 6. pinaahkweho 7. poosi 8. kapaa 9. memepiso 10. kitohcike 11. matwehike 12. kwaashkwepine 1. sit 3. L 241 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Matching Words to the Pictures 0 2. at uc kisiihsipaso io n kaahsiininaakane of Ed kwaashkwepine kapaa kaahsiikwe ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty matwehike pihtaahpiso 0 U kitohcike he ad kisiipiikii La ke memepiso pinaahkweho poosi 0 242 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION r Fill in the Missing Letters Exercise E: Note: Section 1 will be completed in the text. 2. English Translation AIVerbs get on, embark pin disembark, get off... at drumming Ed uc meme io n fishing with hook lay musical instrument of wing oneself ea bath ash dishes ty kap cu l a shower Fa pihtaahpiso Singular 1. I'm taking a bath You are taking a bath. He/she is taking a bath. 3. I'm washing my face. You are washing your face. He/she is washing his/her face. s. I'm taking a shower. You are taking a shower. He/she is taking a shower. 4. I'm washing dishes. You are washing dishes. He/she is washing dishes. I'm putting on my clothes. You are putting on your clothes. He/she is putting on bis/her clothes. 6. I'm combing my hair. You are combing your hair. He/she is combing bis/her hair. I'm embarking. You are embarking. He/she is embarking. 8. I'm disembarking. You are disembarking. He/she is disembarking. 9. I'm swinging. You are swinging. He/she is swinging. 10. I'm playing a musical instrument. You are playing a musical instrument. He/she is playing a musical instrument. 11. I'm drummimg. You are drumming. He/she is drumming. 12. I'm fishing with a hook. You are fishing with a hook. He/she is fishing with a hook. ni v er sit 2. La 7. ke he ad U ( y Exercise F: C 243 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION n io cu l Kaawin nikisiipiikiihsiin Kaawin nikisiihsipasohsiin K.aawin nikaahsiikwehsiin Kaawin nikaahsiininaakanehsiin Kaawin nipihtaahpisohsiin Kaawin nipinaahkwehohsiin Fa 1) at Poosi Kapaa Memepiso Kitohcike Matwehike Kwaashkwepine uc Kisiipiikii Kisiihsipaso Kaabsiinkwe Kaahsiininaakane Pihtaahpiso Pinaahkweho Ed Kipoos Kikapaa Kimemepis Kikitohcike Kimatwehike Kikwaashkwepine of Kikisiipiikii Kikisiihsipas Kikaahsiinkwe Kikaahsiin inaakane Kipihtaahpis Kipinaahkweh 0 ty Nipoos Nikapaa Nimemepis Nikitohcike Nimatwebike Nikwaashkwepine Kaawin nipoosihsiin Kaawin nikapaahsiin Kaawin nimemepisohsiin Kaawin nikoticikehsiin Kaawin nimatwebikehsiin Kaawin nikwaashkwepinehsiin Kaawin kipoosihsiin Kaawin kikapaahsiin Kaawin kimemepisohsiin Kaawin kikoticikebsiin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiin Kaawin ki.kwaashkwepinehsiin Kaawin kisiipiikiibsiin Kaawin kisiihsipasohsiin Kaawin kaabsiinkwebsiin Kaawin kaahsilninaakanebsiin Kaawin pihtaahpisohsiin Kaawin pinaahkwehohsiin Kaawin poosihsiin Kaawin kapaabsiin Kaawin memepisohsiin Kaawin koticikebsiin Kaawin matwehikehsiin Kaawin kwaasbkwepinehsiin U Kaawin kikisiipiikiihsiin Kaawin kikisiihsipasohsiin Kaawin kikaahsiinkwebsiin Kaaw.iD kikaabsiminaakanebsiin Kaawin kipihtaahpisiihsiin Kaawin kipinaahkwehohsiin La 3) ke he ad 2) ni v er sit 3. Nikisiipiikii Nikisiihsipas Nikaahsiinkwe Nikaahsiininaakane Nipihtaahpis Nipinaahkweh y 2. Note: 0 Section 4 will be done in the text. 0 244 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Dialogues Exercise G: My son, did you take a bath yet? No, I don't want to have a bath. I want just to take a shower. Hurry! Get ready. You will be leaving soon. I want to eat some before I leave. What do you want to eat? Porridge. Only a little. Okay, I will cook it. Thank you my mother. B. Wash the dishes before you go! Later, I want to wash my face first. For sure, I will wash dishes before I go. That's good. Are you leaving now? Yes, I will see you again soon. Okay, have a good day. Thank you. You too, have a good day. C. Is your younger sibling putting bis/her clothes on already? No, he/she is still combing his/her hair. Tell him/her the car will arrive soon. Okay, I will tell him/her anyway. How about you, what will you do today? I don't know. I don't exactly know yet. Maybe I will drum all day long. D. What do you want to do today? I want to go fishing. I want to eat fish. Do you want to eat fish too? No, I want to eat skunk. Is that true? Yuk! Yes, do you want to eat skunk too? Much later when I don't have anything else to eat, I will eat skunk. of Ed uc at io n A. ty 1. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( y Fa cu l r Note: Sections 2 and 3 will be done in the text. L 245 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Plural We are taking a bath. (exc) We are taking a bath. (inc) You are taking a bath. (pl) They are taking a bath. 2. We are taking a shower. (exc) We are taking a shower. (inc) You are taking a sho~er. (pl) They are taking a shower. 3. We are washing our face. (exc) We are washing our face. (inc) You are washing your face. (pl) They are washing their faces. 4. We are washing dishes. (exc) We are washing dishes. (inc) You are washing dishes. (pl) They are washing dishes. 5. We are putting on our clothes. (exc) We are putting on our clothes. (inc) You are putting on your clothes. (pl) They are putting on their clothes. 6. We are combing our hair. (exc) We are combing our hair. (inc) You are combing your hair. (pl) They are combing their hair. 7. We are embarking. (exc) We are embarking. (inc) You are embarking. (pl) They are embarking. 8. We are disembarking. (exc) We are disembarking. (inc) You are disembarking. (pl) They are disembarking. 9. We are swinging. (exc) We are swinging. (inc) You are swinging. (pl) They are swinging. ad ke he Nikisiipiikiimin (exc) Kikisiipiikiiroin (inc) Kikisiipiikiinaawaa (You pl) Kisiipiikiiwak (They) La 2. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er ni v We are drumming. (exc) We are dmmming. (inc) You are drumming. (pl) They are drumming. 10. 12. We are playing a musical instrument. (exc) We are playing a musical instrument. (inc) You are playing a musical instrument. (pl) They are playing a musical instrument. 0 We are fishing. (exc) We are fishing. (inc) You are fishing. (pl) They are fishing. U 11. 0 io 1. n Exercise H: Nikaahsiinkwemin (exc) Kikaabsiinkwemin (inc) Kikaabsiinkwenaawaa (You pl) Kaahsiinkwewak (They) Nipihtaahpisomin (exc) Kipihtaahpisomin (inc) Kipihtaahpisonaawaa (you pl) Pihtaahpisowak (They) Nipinaabkwehomin (exc) Kipinaahkwebomin (inc) Kipinaahkwehonaawa (You pl) Kapaawak (They) Nipoosimin (exc) Kipoosimin (inc) kipoosinaawaa (You pl) Poosiwak (they) Nikapaamin (exc) Kikapaamin (inc) Kikapaanaawaa (You pl) Kapaawak (They) 246 0 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Nimatwehikemin (exc) Kimatwehikemin (inc) Kimatwehikenaawaa (You pl) Matwehikewak (They) Nikitocikemin (exc) K.ikitocikemin (inc) K.ikitocikenaawaa (You pl) Kitocikewak (They) r io uc ty cu l Fa y sit U ni v er Kaawin nikohcikehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikitohcikehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikitohcikehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kitohcikehsiiwak (they) ke he ad Kaawin nipoosihsiimin (exc) Kaawin kipoosihsiimin (inc) Kaawin kipoosihsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin poosihsiiwak (they) Kaawin nimemepisohsiimin (exc) Kaawin kimemepisohsiimin (inc) Kaawin kimemepisohsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin memepisohsiiwak (they) La ( Kaawin nikapaahsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikapaahsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikapaahsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kapaahsiiwak (they) of Kaawin nikaahsiikwehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kikaahsiikwehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kikaahsiikwehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin kaahsiikwehsiiwak (they) at Example: We are not taking a shower. (exc) We are not taking a shower. (inc) You are not taking a shower. (You pl) They are not taking a shower. Ed 3. n Nikwaashkwepinemin (exc) Kikwaashkwepinemin (inc) Kikwaashkwepinenaawaa (You pl) Kwaashkwepinewak (they) Kaawin nimatwehikehsiimin (exc) Kaawin kimatwehikehsiimin (inc) Kaawin kimatwehikehsiinaawaa (you pl) Kaawin matwehikehsiiwak (they) 247 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2 2 TRANSLATION SECTION Paradigms Singular and Plural I'm washing my face You're washing your face He/she is washing bis/her face 2 13 21 22 33 We are washing our faces We are washing our faces You are washing your face (pl) They are washing their faces 13 21 22 33 n io at We are washing dishes We are washing dishes You are washing dishes (pl) They are washing dishes cu l Fa Nipinaabkweh Kipinaabkweh Pinaahkweho Nipinaabkwehomin Kipinaahkwehomin Kipinaabkwebonaawaa Pioaahkwehowak 1 I'm not swinging You're not swinging He/she is not swinging 0 ad 3 he Nipoosimin Kipoosimin Kipoosinaawaa Poosiwak ke 22 y er 2 ni v Nipoos Kipoos Poosi 1 I'm washing dishes You're washing dishes He/she is washing dishes 13 21 22 33 sit Nipihtaahpisomin Kipihtaahpisomin Kipihtaahpisonaawaa Pihtaahpisowak 13 21 22 33 13 21 1 2 3 Nipibtaahpis Kipihtaahpis Pihtaahpiso 1 2 3 3 uc 1 1 2 3 We are taking a shower We are taking a shower You are taking a shower (pl) They are taJcing a shower Ed 13 21 22 33 We are taking a bath We are taking a bath You are taJcing a bath (pl) They are taking a bath 13 21 22 33 0 I'm taking a shower You're taking a sho~er He/she is taking a shower of 3 2. 1 2 3 I'm taJcing a bath You're taking a bath He/she is taking a bath 1 2 U 1. ty Exercise I: 3. La 33 3 I'm not disembarking You're not disembarking He/she is not disembarking 13 21 22 33 We're not disembarking we•re not disembarking You're not disembarking Yhey are not disembarking 1 2 2 3 13 21 22 33 We're not swinging We're not swinging You're not swinging They are not swinging 0 248 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 4. 1 2 3 2 3 13 21 K.aawin kikitohticikehsiimin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiimin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiinaawaa Kaawin kitohticikehsiiwak 22 33 K.aawin nimatwehikehsiin K.aawin kimatwehikehsiin K.aawin matwehikehsiin K.aawin nimatwehikehsiimin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiimin Kaawin kimatwehikehsiinaawaa K.aawin matwehikehsiiwak Review Test 12 Ed 2 of 10 1 5 ty 9 cu l 3 Fa 7 6 11 y 8 sit Section 2 on next page. comb's one hair get on, embark play a musical instrument take a bath swing one's self put clothes on wash one's face disembark, get off he ad U ni v 3. uc 4 kaahsiininaakane kisiihsipaso kwaashkwepine matwehike kapaa kaahsiikwe pihtaahpiso memepiso kiisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkweho er ( at ExerciseJ: 1. io n 13 21 22 33 1 Kaawin nikitohticikehsiin Kaawin kikitohticikehsiin K.aawin kitohticikehsiin ke drumming La fishing with a book take a shower wash dishes L 249 �INTERMEDIATE ODBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. 0 kapaa at io n kaahsiikwe Ed uc pibtaahpiso of kitobcike cu l ty kisiipiikii Fa memepiso 0 ni v er sit y pinaahkwebo ad U matwehike ke he kwaashkwepine La kisiibsipaso kaahsiininaakane • 0 250 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs 1. (1) (6) (7) (8) (9) ( 10) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast current it is going away (2) (3) (4) (5) it is full it is frozen solid (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) n Exercise A: uc Ed shaakashkine kishiiciwan niiskaatan of ishkwaahkamikan cu l Fa Shinkopiiwaapoo wiihsakaakamin. Akwaciink awahsinaako kii-niiskaatan. Pipoononk saakahikan kii-mashkawaahkwatin. Pashkwewash shaakash.kine. Paawihtik kishiiciwan. Miicim kii-nihshiwanaatan. lshkwaantem kipihsin. Aahkosiwin kihkentaakwan. Pimihsewin maacaamakan. Aasha weshkac kii-ishkwaahkamikan. he ad U ni v er sit y 2. ty wiihsakaakamin maacaamakan mashkawaahkwatin kipihsin nihshiwanaatan kihkentaakwan ( Working with the Language ke Exercise C: a) b) c) d) e) I don't want to eat the meat. It is spoiled. My door is closed. It is known that soon it will be winter. The river I saw yesterday, has a fast current. The boat has left already. La 1. 2. C at Complete the Sentences ExerciseB: 1. io Note: Section 2 and 3 will be completed in the text. it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) 251 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Questions and Answers Exercise D: (a) 0 Question Do you think the meat is spoiled? Positive Answer Yes, I think it is spoiled. io at uc Question Is your door closed? Ed (b) n Negative Answer No, I don't think it is spoiled. of Positive Anwer Yes, my door is closed. cu l Question Is it known that soon it will be winter? Fa (c) ty Negative Answer No, my door is not closed. sit y Positive Answer Yes, it is known that soon it will be winter. 0 Question Do you think the current from the river is too fast? ad U (d) ni v er Negative Answer No, it is not known that soon it will be winter. ke he Positive Answer Yes, I think the current is too fast. Negative Answer No, I don't think the current is too fast. La 1. (e) Question Will the airplane be leaving soon? Positive Answer Yes, it will be leaving soon. Negative Answer No, it will not be leaving soon. 0 252 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) Execise E: Dialogues I don't want to eat the meat. Why? I think it is spoiled. n A. 1. io 2. at What do you want to eat instead? Ed uc I might as well not eat. I will drink only some wine. Is your door closed? No, I've left it open. When will you close it? Tomorrow, maybe I will close it before I leave. That's good. C. It is known that soon it will be summer. The weather is getting warm. The snow and the ice are melting. The river is starting to flow and also it is starting to flow fast. The geese will arrive and also the ducks. The bears are getting up. D. Soon the airplane will be leaving. Are you ready now? I'm almost ready now? How about you, are you going also? No, I want to hunt in the bush. I want to look for rabbit and partridge. That's good. I wish you the best. Thank you very much, my friend. Fa cu l ty of B. it is full it is frozen (s.t. non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter {liquid) La 2. ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Note: Section 3 will be completed in the text. 253 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 10 More II Verbs Exercise F: 1. ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) smoke comes out goes backward being poured (liquid) be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed 0 be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full (liquid) . be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring at cu l ty of Ed uc shiiwaa shiiwaakamin siikinikaate minwentaakwan macentaakwan saakaapahte ashepite mooshkine aaniman y U ni v er sit 0 1. a) There is smoke coming from near the mountain. The aiiplane is going backwards by the shore. We will pour the beer tonight. The job was difficult today. A teepee was built yesterday. La b) c) d) e) ke Exercise B: he ad minwentaakwan siikinikaate shiiwaakamin shiiwaa oshihcikaate macentaakwan mooshkine asbepite saakaapahte aaniman Fa osbihcikaate 2. io Complete the Sentences Exercise G: I. n Sections 3 and 4 will be completed in the text. 2. be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full be enjoyable, liked. fun, good time be dull, boring 0 254 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: 1. (a) Question Is there smoke coming from the bush? Positive Answer Yes, smoke is coming from the bush. io (b) n Negative Answer No, there is no smoke coming from the bush. uc at Question Can your outboard motor go backwards? ty Question Has the water been poured in the container yet? Fa (c) cu l Negative Answer No, my outboard cannot go backwards. of Ed Positive Anwer Yes, my outboard can go backwards. Positive Answer Yes, the water has been poured in the container already. sit y ( Question Do you think the job is difficult? U (d) ni v er Negative Answer No, the water hasn't been poured in the container yet. he ad Positive Answer Yes, I think the job is difficult. La ke Negative Answer No, I don't think the job is difficult. (e) Question Is your house being built? Positive Answer Yes, my house is being built. Negative Answer No, my house is not being built. 255 �INTER MEDIA TE OJIBW E - UNIT li TRANSLATION SECTI ON Dialogues Has the water been poured on the camp fire yet. Not yet. I want to cook some more. Make sure you pour water when you finish cooking. Yes, for sure I will do that. Are you leaving already? Yes, I want to go home before it rains. Perhaps I will see you again tomorrow. Yes, I will see you again if it's a good day. D. Was the job difficult today? Yes, truly it was difficult. Will you come and help me tomorrow? No, I will be busy. How about the day after tomorrow? I don't know. Wait, I will ask my boss. (1) (2) (3) be made smoke comes out be sweet (liquid) n C. io What do you think is the matter with you? I think my head is going backwards. And why do you think that? I'm not thinking right Do you think something is broken inside your head? I hope not. at B. 0 uc Already there is smoke coming from the bush again. Oh my! I guess the fire is starting again. What shall we do? I don't know. We will run away, perhaps. Where, then, shall we run to? I don't know. To the water, perhaps. Ed A. 0 ad he (5) (6) be full be difficult/be hard be dull, boring Section 3 will be completed in the text. La Note: (4) ke 2. U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty 1 of Execise J: 0 256 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Final Review Test for Lesson 4 Exercise K: p) q) r) s) t) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) io at uc Ed ke I) m) er d) ni v c) wiihsakaakamin ishkwaahkamikan niiskaatan mashkawaahkwatin shaakashkine maacaamakan kishiiciwan kihkentaakwan kipibsin nihshiwanaatan macentaakwan minwentaakwan mooshkine shiiwaakamin shiiwaa oshihcikaate U b) ad a) he 2. n) La ( of o) ty m) n) cu l 1) Fa i) j) k) y e) f) g) h) n it is full it is frozen solid (non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over it tastes bitter (liquid) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast current it is going away be sweet be sweet (liquid) be full be enjoyable, liked, fun, good time be dull, boring smoke comes out goes backwards being poured (liquid) be difficult, be hard be made, built, processed a) b) c) d) sit L o) p) q) r) s) t) aaniman siikinikaate ashepite saakaapahte 257 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S: 0 Exercise A: j. k. ). m. n. o. n io at h. i. hair uc f. g. ear cheek neck shoulder arm hand Ed d. e. of C. forehead eye nose lips chin/jaw throat elbow head ty a. b. cu l 1. 1 my lips 2 your lips 3 his/her lips g. j. C. 1 mynose 2 yournose 3 his/her nose 1 my chin/jaw 2 your chin/jaw 3 his/her chin/jaw f. 1 my throat 2 your throat 3 his/her throat 1 myelbow 2 yourelbow 3 his/her elbow b. 1 my head 2 yourhead 3 his/her head i. 1 my hair 2 yourhair 3 his/her hair 1 myear 2 yourear 3 his/her ear k. 1 mycheek 2 yourcheek 3 his/her cheek 1. 1 myneck 2 yourneck 3 his/her neck 1 my shoulder 2 your shoulder 3 his/her shoulder n. 1 myarm 2 yourann 3 his/her arm 0 1 myhand 2 yourhand 3 his/her hand he ad U ni v e. ke m. 1 myeye 2 youreye 3 his/her eye y d. b. sit 1 my forehead 2 your forehead 3 his/her forehead er a. La 1. Fa ExerdseB: 0 0 2S8 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C: a. 1 on my forehead 2 on your forehead 3 on his/her forehead b. 1 on my eye 2 on your eye 3 on his/her eye d. l on my lips 2 on your lips 3 on his/her lips e. 1 on my chin/jaw f. 2 on your chin/jaw 3 on his/her chin/jaw I on my throat 2 on your throat 3 on his/her throat g. 1 on my elbow 2 on your elbow 3 on his/her elbow h. 1 on my head 2 on your head 3 on his/her head 1 on my hair 2 on your hair 3 on bis/her hair J· 1 on my ear 2 on your ear 3 on his/her ear k. I on my cheek 2 on your cheek 3 on his/her cheek I. m. l on my shoulder 2 on your shoulder 3 on his/her shoulder n. 1 onmyarm 2 on your arm 3 on his/her arm 0 C. 1 onmy nose 2 on your nose 3 on his/her nose head hair A. A. A. neck shoulder arm hand Exercise E: 1. at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa A. A. La ke on my forehead on my eye on my nose on my lips on my chin/jaw onmy throat on my elbow sit ni v U ear cheek A. A. er Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? he 2. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. ad 1. y Exercise D: (_ i. io n r 1. Question: Does your forehead hurt? Positive: Yes, my forehead hurts. Negative: No, my forehead does not hurt. Question: Does your eye hurt? Positive: Yes, my eye hurts. Negative: No, my eye does not hurt. 259 l on my neck 2 on your neck 3 on his/her neck 1 onmy hand 2 on your hand 3 on his/her hand �INTERMEDIATE onBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Question: Does your nose hurt? Positive: Yes, my nose hurts. Negative: No, my nose does not hurt. 0 Question: Does your lips hurt? Positive: Yes, my lips hurt. Negative: No, my lips do not hurt. io at uc ear cheek elbow head hair Ed 2. n Question: Does you chin/jaw hurt? Positive: Yes, my chin/jaw hurt. Negative: No, my chin/jaw does not hurt. cu l ty Question: Does his/her neck hurt? Positive: Yes, his/her neck hurts. Negative: No, his/her neck does not hurt. Fa 4. of Section 3 will be completed in the text. hand ni v ExerciseF: ke he c. breast d. stomach e. navel f. hip g. thigh h. knee i. leg j. foot k. heel l. toe m. back n. body ad U a chest b. heart La 1. 0 er arm sit y Question: Does his/her shoulder hurt? Positive: Yes, his/her shoulder hurts. Negative: No, his/her shoulder does not hurt. 0 260 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION C. 1 my breast 2 your breast 3 his/her breast d. 1 my stomach 2 your stomach 3 his/her stomach e. 1 my navel 2 yournavel 3 his/her navel f. 1 my hip 2 yourhip 3 his/her hip g. 1 my thigh 2 yourthigh 3 his/her thigh h. 1 myknee 2 yourknee 3 his/her knee i. 1 my leg 2 yourleg 3 his/her leg j. 1 my foot 2 yourfoot 3 his/her foot k. 1 my heel 2 yourheel 3 his/her heel m. 1 myback 2 yourback 3 his/her back of ty cu l Fa y I. n. La ke he ad U ni v ( io 1 my heart 2 yourheart 3 his/her heart at b. uc 1 my chest 2 yourchest 3 his/her chest Ed a. sit 1. er r n Exercise G: e 261 1 mytoe 2 yourtoe 3 his/her toe 1 mybody 2 yourbody 3 his/her body �INTERMEDIATE onBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a. l on my chest 2 on your chest 3 on his/her chest b. 1 onmy heart 2 on your heart 3 on his/her heart c. 1 on my breast 2 on your breast 3 on his/her breast d. 1 on my stomach 2 on your stomach 3 on his/her stomach e. 1 on my navel 2 on your navel 3 on bis/her navel f. 1 onmyhip 2 on your hip 3 on his/her hip g. 1 on my thigh 2 on your thigh 3 on bis/her thigh h. 1 on my knee 2 on your knee 3 on his/her knee i. I onmyleg 2 on your leg 3 on his/her leg j. 1 onmy foot 2 on your foot 3 on his/her foot k. 1 onmy heel 2 on your heel 3 on his/her heel 2. knee leg foot heel n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit ad he Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? Where does it hurt? ke Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. Q. La 1. 0 n. 1 onmytoe 2 onyourtoe 3 on his/her toe 0 1 onmybody 2 on your body 3 on bis/her body U Exercise I: er 1 onmyback 2 on your back 3 on his/her back m. 1. ni v 1. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. on my chest on my heart on my breast on my stomach on my foot on my navel on my hip on my thigh toe back body 0 262 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseJ: Question: Do you have pain in your chest? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my chest. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my chest. 1. io n Question: Do you have pain in your heart? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my heart. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my heart. Ed uc at Question: Do you have pain in your breast? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my breast. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my breast. 2. hip thigh leg foot ty y ( Fa cu l Question: Do you have pain in your navel? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my navel. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my navel. of Question: Do you have pain in your stomach? Positive: Yes, I have pain in my stomach. Negative: No, I don't have pain in my stomach. sit knee Section 3 will be done in the text. ni v Question: Does be/she have pain in his/her heel? Positive: Yes, he/she has pain in his/her heel. Negative: No, he/she does not have pain in his/her heel. ad U 4. er Note: ke he Question: Does he/she have pain in his/her toe? Positive: Yes, he/she has pain in his/her toe. Negative: No, he/she does not have pain in his/her toe. La back body e 263 �INTERMEDIATE OnBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise K: 4. mishiikan mitihs mihsat coocoohsh mitehi waalcihlcan miiyaw mipwaam mikitik arm hand elbow throat chin/jaw lips Ed nose ni v er sit y Fa cu l thigh knee leg foot heel toe back body chest heart breast stomach navel hip ty of eye forehead 0 mihkaat ke he ad U misit mitootan niisiikihsitaan waawikan La 3. 0 n mininc mitooskwan mikotahshway mitaamikan mitoon mikot micaap mikanakap minihk mitihtiman mikwayaw manway mihtawak mipiiway mishtilcwan io 2. at head hair ear cheek neck shoulder uc 1. 0 264 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 6: Lesson 1 Review Test: C 9. 10. 11. 12. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Nipiihaa Kipiihtoon ina? Omaaciipahiwaanaan Kimaaciipahiwaataan Kimamishimaa na? Nimamishitaan Nipakitinaa Opakitinaan Kipoosihaa na? Kipoositoon Nikocihpwaa Okocihpitaan ke 6. La 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n io at uc sit 5. 6. 7. 8. er 4. ni v 3. You're waiting for it. I'm running away from it. He/she is telling on it. You're letting it go. I'm putting it on board. He/she is tasting it. (Tl) You're coming back to it. I hear it from a distance. He/she is listening to it. You're taking it home. I'm taking it along. He/she is leaving it behind. U 1. 2. ad 2. he 10. 11. 12. Ed 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. of 4. ty 2. 3. I'm waiting for him/her. You're running away from him/her. He/she is telling on him/her. I'm letting him/her go. You're putting him/her on board. He/she is tasting it. (TA) I'm coming back to him/her. You hear him/her from a distance. He/she is listening to him/her. I'm taking him/her home. You're taking him/her along. He/she is leaving him/her behind. cu l 1. Fa 1. y r VTA 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VYI VTA VTI 265 Kipi-kiiwenotaan ina? Nipi-kiiwenotaan Nitepihtawaa Kitepihtaan ina? Onatohtawaan Ninatohtaan Kikiiwewinaa na? Okiiwewitoon Omaaciiwinaan Nimaaciiwitoon Onakanaan Kinakanaa VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3 Review Test: 3 7 6 11 8 0 4 kaahsiininaakane kisiisihpaso kwashkwepine matwehike kapaa kaahsiikwe 9 pihtaahpiso memepiso kisiipiikii kitohcike poosi pinaahkwe ho 12 2 10 1 5 n I. g. h. i. at Ed of ty cu l Fa y ni v La j. k. U e. f. ad d. he c. be full it is frozen (non-liquid) the weather is miserable the event is over be bitter (liquid) it is spoiled it is closed it is known it is a fast currtent it is going away be sweet be sweet (liquid) it is full be enjoyable, liked, fun be dull, boring smoke comes out goes backwards being poured be difficult/be hard be made, built, processed 0 ke a. b. sit Lesson 4 Review Test: l. uc comb's one's hair embark, get on plays a musical instrument take a bath swing one self put clothes on wash one's face disembark, get off drumming fishing with a hook take a shower wash dishes er 3. io Section 2 on next page. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. 0 266 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. kapaa at io n kaahsiikwe Ed uc pihtaahpiso of kitohcike cu l ty kisiipiikii sit y pinaahkweho ni v er ( Fa memepiso ad U matwehike he kwaasbkwepine La ke kisiihsipaso kaahsiininaakane • C 267 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2i TRANSLATION SECTION k. b. C. d. e. f. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. maacaamakan g. h. kishiici wan kihkent aakwan kipihsin nihshiw anaatan i. j. macenta akwan minwen taakwan moosbk ine shiiwaa kamin shiiwaa oshihcik aate aaniman siikinik aate ashepite saakaap ahte s. t. cheek neck shoulde r arm hand elbow mitoon ty mikot cu l micaap mikanakaap . . k mitihtiman Fa throat milcwayaw manowa y mihtaw aak chin/jaw y lips sit nose eye forehead ni v er mipiiway thigh knee misbtilcwan mishiik an mitihs ad coocooh sh mitehi he waahkilcan miyaw/ miiyaw mipwaam mikitik ke body 0 mihsat U leg foot heel toe back 4. chest heart breast stomach navel hip La 3. Ed ear of mininc mitoosk wan mikotas hkway mitaamihkan 2. head hair uc at Lesson 5 Review Test: 1. 0 n wiihsak aakamin ishkwaahkamilcan niiskaat an mashka waahkw atin shaakas hkine a. io 2. mihkaat misit mitoontan niihsiikisitaan waawik an 0 268 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons l • 5 Animate Nouns: finger/toe nail ball breast n cheek hair arm stomach knee heel inside mouth hand navel leg back fmger of heart thigh ty head toe y Fa visit (within community) cu l tongue Animate Intransitive Verbs: ad U ni v er shower wish/hope melt wash face wash dishes put clothes on sit visit (out of community) think so Ed forehead chin shoulder ( campsite eye throat ear comb hair get on board swinging drumming stinks run to cover run away from broke busy La ke he Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: C warm weather loud leaving full frozen solid miserable event is over bitter taste enjoyable dull/boring open started to flow fast flow smoke appears go backwards spoil pour closed difficult made built known sweet full sweet (liauid) 269 song nose elbow neck chest hip foot body uc village drink/booze fireplace lip at io Inanimate Nouns: �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Transitive Animate Verbs: afraid s.o. take s.o. along run away from s.o tell on s.o. put s.o. on board leave s.o. behind listen to s.o. come back for s.o. put s.o. down afraid o{ s.t. take s.t. along run away from s.t. tell on s.t. put s.t. on board leave s.t. behind listen to s.t. come back for s.t. put s.t. down 0 n lose s.o. take s.o. home wait for s.o. hear s.o. in the distance taste of (animate) at of wait for s.t. hear s.t. in the distance taste of (inanimate) uc take s.t. home Ed lose s.t. io Transitive Inanimate Verbs: ty Particles: anyways up to (in time) in the water anytime Fa cu l instead a little while in exchange I guess not Preverbs: be a long of time Prefix: ni v all the way 0 er sit y cause, reason U Expressions: water starts flowing ice starts melting all day have a good day I wish you the best La ke he ad that's good Where does it hurt you? Where does it hurt you? (extreme pain) becomes warm weather water starts to flow fast 0 270 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary, and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihshininiimowin-English and English- io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. at The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because uc there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the of possible different forms which many Anihshininiimowin words may take, especially nouns and cu l ty verbs. In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anihshininiimowin words, in which long a aa c e h ii k m n 0 00 p s sh t w y sit y (_ Fa vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: er ANIHSHININIIMOWIN-ENGLISH GLOSSARY WORD, HEAD ni v In the Anihshininiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anihshininiimowin an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihshininiimowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, he ad and the English translation is in plain type. ke kiiwe vai go home, return La Each Anihshininiimowin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, C na animate noun ni inanimate noun ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. 211 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. 0 ahcaap -iik na bow minihkwaakan -an ni cup PREFIXES and SUFFIXES may be n The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR form of the noun. io added to this form to give extra meaning and grammatical information. Th~ head word for a noun is at followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to uc the head word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example, the entry for the noun Ed ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -iik. They can be combined to give the plural form ahcaapiik 'bows.' of There are also two other types of nouns, which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun cu l ty are as follows. Fa Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSIVE prefix to indicate who the noun y belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship sit terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the form in which the 0 ni v er basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihsens (W) ad The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.' You will see that after the English he translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/.' The form that is given in angled brackets is called ke the STEM. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. La For many glossary entries the head word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will see that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly d1fferent from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an exam- 0 ple. 272 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: animate noun with participle uc at Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. io n na-pt Ed kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February of This is a noun which consists of two parts. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- ty tive verb (in this case kaa-tahkwekisoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate cu l noun (in this case piihsim 'moon, month') Verbs sit but no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-filll/aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb+ object er JECT verbs are those that have an animate grammatical SUB- ni v ( ANIMATE INTRANSITIVE y of INTRANSITIVE verbs. Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, ad the one that means 'he/she is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. he Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. La ke anohkii vai work The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakaham vai2 go out, exit C The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 273 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST- or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' (first person). 0 There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+o. Verbs of this class resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are n not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a at io verb of this type. Ed INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE uc ataawe vai+o buy s.t. verbs are those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. inanimate intransitive verb ty vii cu l The head word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, the one that means 'it is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. y Fa Here is a typical entry for an inanimate intransitive (vii) verb. 0 er sit ahte vii be in a certain place ni v Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they ... '). U As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually he ad wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. ke nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ La Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 0 274 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-oo) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) n vta io All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that at have a grammatically animate object. uc For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that Ed means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). of The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu l ty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form sit ( y The head word is still the imperative fonn, but you will notice there is extra information about the er between the diagonal slashes, rather than to the head word. ni v The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh, the stem is not identical to the head word. he ad miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain ke forms the final consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimiinaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix La ni and suffix aa). But in others the final consonant of the stem is sh, as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. C kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 275 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb 0 must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.o.' to refer to any of io n these possibilities. uc at Here is a typical entry for a TRANSITIVE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. Ed caakisan vti bum s.t. of Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of ty this class it is necessary to change the final an to aan for many of the forms that will be used in the cu l books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up' would be Fa caakisamaan, with the suffix aan. y Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which has the word class code vti2. sit ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ er Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The final n which fol- 0 ni v lows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the U formn. he ad There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. ke miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ La Then at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t.' This is short for 'something.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. 0 Particles 276 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This term is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are io sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako Ed mitoni pc uc at an uninflected particle. of The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu l ty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one number particles. Some may be verbs, prenouns, or preverbs. sit ( y In Anihshininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are er Pronouns ni v The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pr U pronoun ad Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. ke he niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La Prenouns and Preverbs All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be followed by another word. C pren prenoun prev preverb pre preverb and prenoun A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 277 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the 0 books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follows. io n shiipaa- pren beneath at A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is uc always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because Ed preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the ty of books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. cu l saakici- prev out Fa Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned sit y to these. A typical entry is as follows. ni v er kihci• pre big, great, very 0 Other Information in Glossary Entries U Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimowin. In the section ad 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' he Anihshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not ke pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' fonn of the word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii 0 (W). 278 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY r Some entries also include information about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. n aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] at uc A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. io Note that this entry also contains further information about the head word in square brackets. Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- of This abbreviation refers to INITIAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in ty the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<wii-' means that waa- is the form of cu l the preverb wii- which has undergone Initial Change. Wii- also has an entry. The differences in the use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. sit ishi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- er ( y Fa Some entries may also tell you what the form with Initial Change is. ni v The notation 'IC> eshi-' means that the form of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is eshi-. U Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. he ad ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ke The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. However there is an equal sign (=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead'>' or'<.' amohsha pc it is indeed. < amii ohsha C 279 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left-pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are contracted, much like English ·don't' is a contraction of •do not.' 0 Some entries may also contain further information about related words, as in the following. io n naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi at The notation 'Reduplication of: niimi' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word uc niimi 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATrON. In this case reduplication Ed involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the vowel aa, as if the basic word niimi is modified and becomes n-aa-niimi (the hyphens are only used of for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is ty related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence niimi means •hetshe dances,' but naaniimi Fa ENGLISH-ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY cu l means •he/she keeps on dancing.' In the English-Anihshininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head sit y word may include reference to one or more Anihshininiimowin words. The following entry contains 0 ni v er information about one Anihshininiimowin term. AIRPLANE U pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane ad The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head word is identical to the entry given in the he Anihshininiimowin-English section. La AND ke Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anihshininiimowin term. ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 0 280 �INTERMEDIATE OJIBWE GLOSSARY r Word Class Codes animate noun ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object vii inanimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (:QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) pc uninflected particle Fa y ni v er sit ( cu l ty of Ed uc at io n na number particle ad pren U nu he prev La ke pre pr prenoun preverb prenoun and preverb pronoun Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something C 281 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. (animate singular demonstrative] 0 ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ahcaap •ilk na bow io n ahcanihsh -ak na ring uc at ahclkanaahtlk -oon nl table. Also: ahclkan Ed na pail, kettle ahklhk -wak -ook of ahko pc usually, fonnerly, used to, keep on ty ahko-- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length .ahplhkwehshlmon -an ni pillow cu l ·,' Fa ahpll pc when, at that time 0 y ahpll ahpln pc finally when er sit ahpll plko pc anytime ni v ahpllhcl- prev to a certain extent. Also: apllhcl- U ahpllhclklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apllhclklnl na net he ahsap •Ilk ad ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently ns ke ahsapaahtlk -ook shuttle (with twine) for net making La ahshanke val give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ahshawaapam vta ahshawaapantan lie in wait for s.o. vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) ahshawaapJ vsi be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ 0 ahsin -Ilk na stone, rock 282 - - - - - --- �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahsmiiwan vii be rocky ( ahtaahsonlkamik -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade ahte vii be in a certain place io n ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ uc at akaahshenshl vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed akaahslhtikweyaa vii be a narrow river of akaahslkamaa vii be a small lake ty akaamahkllnk pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkllk (W) cu l akaaml- pren across, right across Fa akaaml-klhclkam pc across the ocean sit akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamlk (W) er ( y akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail ni v akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely U akohke vai stick on, adhere ad akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocln (W) he akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) ke akoocln vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) La akoote vii hang akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaclik (W) akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ C amaclhl vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ ami ahko pc used to. usually 283 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY amihi pc so, it is. < amii ihiwe. Also: amihiwe 0 amihl pc that's amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location amlhiwe pc so js that n na beaver io amlhk -wak uc at amlhko-wanlhikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanihllkan Ed amlhko-wllyaahs ni beaver meat of amlhkohkonlm -lln ni beaver dam ty amll pc so, it is cu l amllclkahl pc that is so Fa amllnahl pc is that so, is that right 0 er sit amohsha pc it is indeed. < amll ohsha y amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ ni v amohshahl pc it is indeed so. < amll ohsha lhlwe. Also: amohshahll U anaamaakonak pc under the snow ad anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. he anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. ke anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamik (W) anl- La anaamipllk pc underwater prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time ani-naakosi vai be seen going (from the speaker) anlhshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anlhshlnaape -k na Indian, person 0 anlhshinini -wak na Indian, person 284 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anihshininiimo vai speak the Native language (' anihshininiiwihkwe na Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe anlipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwlsi vai be green dog n na io animohsh -ak uc at anohkll vai work Ed anohkllnaakan -ak na worker of anohkliwi-klishlkaa vii be Monday ty anohkllwln -an ni job, employment, work cu l anoomlnaapoo na porridge Fa anoonaakohshln vii be late in the afternoon anwaahtinlkamln vii be a nice and calm body of water sit (_ y anwaahtln vii be calm (not windy) ni v er anwepllwikamlk -oon ni restroom/washroom U apl vsi be in a certain place, sit, be at home ad apwl -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak he asheplte vii go backwards na ke ashikan -ak sock La ashklpwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawikamlk -oon ni store, trading post C atlhk -wak na caribou (locally called deer) atihkamek -wak na whitefish 285 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY atlhko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat atihtemini-pilhsim na ripe berry month, August 0 awaashihsh •ak na child awaashJhshllwJ vai be a child io n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more uc at awahslnaako pc day before yesterday Ed awahslte pc beyond, back awahslwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahslwaapak (W) ty of awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen cu l awaao vai wann oneself Fa awlya •k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awliya awiyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awilyaashllhsh y 0 sit awfyaashllhshJwl vai be an animal. Also: awllyaashllhshiwl ni v er ayaa vai be, be there U ayaan vti have s.t. ad ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me he ayaaw vta have s.o., have pennission to use s.o. ke ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La ayaml vai speak, talk ayamlhaa vai pray ayamihe-klishlkaa vii be Sunday ayamlhewJkamlk -oon ni church ayamllhtamaw ayamiihtan vta speak for s.o. 0 vti speak for s.t. 286 �ANIHSHINlNIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api (' ayinaanemitana nu eighty nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanew na eight dollars ayinaanewaapihk io na eighteen dollars uc aylnaanewlshaap tahswaaplhk at nu eighteen Ed aylnaanewishaap n ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ty aylnaapl vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapl of aylnaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ cu l aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) Fa aacaan pc gol aahkoslwln -an ni sickness, illness sit ( y aahkosl vai be sick ni v er aahkwatln vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear na snowshoe he aaklm -ak ad aahtl pc please, why don't you, let mel Also: maahtl na bee ke aamoo -k La aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlin aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa -k C na bannock aanahpll pc when? aancl-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) 287 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) aancipo 0 aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani n at vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated uc aanlmlhse vii be difficult, be hard io aaniman -oon Ed vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky aanlmlsi of aanta pc some, few ty aantl pc where cu l aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl piko pc anywhere aapaclhclkan •an ni tool, useful thing, equipment y 0 vii be useful, be useable aapatisl vai be useful U ni v er aapatan sit aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ prev half ke aaplhtaa- he aaplhta pc half ad aaplhsakahlkan •an ni key La aaplhtawaaplhk ..ook na half dollar aapihtawan vii be Wednesday aaplkoshilhsh ..ak na mouse (W). Also: waaplkoshllhsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: sashay aashokan bridge 0 aatisoohkaan ..an ni legend 288 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY r aatisoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot caaklhse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted n be too tired to do anything, have no more energy io caakil vai at caakin vta use s.o. up Ed uc caaklnan vti use s.t. up caakisan vti bum s.t. ty of caaklao vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up cu l caaklso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caaklte vii bum up, be burned up cahkaahtehalclkan -an ni camera sit ( y caam ni jam ni v er capashilhsh pc low, lower level U cl- prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ad ci-kll- prev could. cl- + kll- 'potential' he cllkahlkan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) ke cliklc pc by, close to, near to La cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cilpayl-mlhtlkowash -an ni coffin ciiahtahlkan -an ni fork C ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound cike pc for sure. Also: clkema 289 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY coocoohsh -ak na breast coocoohshaapoo ni milk na cwaapllhsh •ak 0 jackfish. Also: nicwaapilhsh e- prev [conjunct subordinator] ' io n ehe pc yes. Also: eha uc at ehshay pc oh yuck! Ed ehta pc only ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] ty of ekaawln pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W} cu l ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then Fa ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then 0 y emlhkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ad eshkam pc sometimes U enlwehk pc ni v er enlkohk pc with more effort, harder sit eni-tlplhkaak vii last evening. IC < anl-tlplhkaa he eshkan -an ni ice chisel ke hlmaa pc there. Also: lhlmaa La homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa hsa pc emphatic hsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohsha lhl pr that. Also: lhlwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] lhlmaa pc there. Also: hlmaa 0 ihiwe pr that. Also: lhl, lhlwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 290 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY lhiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hlweti ( lhkln vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem lhklto vai say, speak in a certain way lhkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill io n ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) uc at lhkwe -wak na woman, female Ed lhkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of lhpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover ty lltok pc maybe, must be cu l lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawin (E) Fa lklwenlwak pr those. Also: lkiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] sit lko pc [emphatic] er (_ y lko pc emphatic ni v Ina pc (yes-no question marker]. Also: na. take a look, take a peek ad vai lnanklso vsi lnanklte he lnaapl U lnaakoomaakan •&k na relation, person one is related to cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnaklte (W) ke vii cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: lnaklso (W) La lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vsi2 think so, feel so lnentan inentl C vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so vai be gone so long, be absent so long {E). Also: Inell (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lniweniwan pr those. Also: lnwenlwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 291 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY 1shaa vai go to a certain place ishl vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ 0 ishl• prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- vai five there, reside there lshinan lshlwepan ty vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinlhkaaso= vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshfnfhkaate= cu l fshfnlhkaate io n vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way lshinlhkaaso vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= Jshkoonlwlkamlk -oon ni school 0 y vai be tired of doing something sit lshkil uc vai fly in a certain direction Ed lshihse vii it happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: islhse of fshihse vii flow in a certain direction, flow so at lshiciwan Fa ishl-taa ni v er lshkoonoo vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowl, lshkoonll U lshkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater ad lshkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor he lshkwaa- prev after, completed ke lshkwaahkamlkan vii event is over La lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lshkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lshplmink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimlk (W) iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry lskaaclwate vii be boiled dry 0 lti vai have such things happen to one 292 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kaa- prev one who, one that. [conjunct relativizer] kaa•tahkweklsoc piihstm na-pt shorter month, February kaahcttin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. kaahsanll ni gasoline io kaahsllnlke vai wipe things for cleaning uc of vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. ty kaahsllnan Ed vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. vai wash dishes cu l kaahsllnlnaakane vai clean oneself kaahsllnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahsllkwe (W) y Fa kaahsllnltlao na raven ni v kaakaakl -wak sit kaak -wak na porcupine er ( at vii be sharp kaahshaa kaahslin n kaahsaniiwikamlk -oon ni gas station U kaana pc Is it possible that, would you, perhaps vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ vti2 hide it ke kaatoon he kaash ad kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope La kaawln pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahshl pc not yet kaawin wllhkaa pc never kaawiniin pc no < kaawin + wlln C kahkilwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahklna pc all, every 293 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kakwecim vta ask s.o. kamaawln pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin 0 kanake pc at least kanawaapam vt~ look at s.o. io n kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) uc at kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. Ed kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. of kanoohke vai+o remember ty kanoohkem vta remind s.o. cu l kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. y ni v pre all the time, all the way, through U kape- er kapat -an ni cupboard 0 sit kapaa vai get off, disembark ad kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room he kashkatin vii freeze up ke kashkatinoo•pllhslm na freeze-up month, November La kashkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem: /kashkih-/ kashkil-tipfhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkff-tfplhkanlhse vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) 0 kawlhshimo vai lie down, go to bed 294 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kayaash pc originally, long ago, former kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably ke pc as for. See: keniin, kenlinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, keklinawaa, kewiin, kewilnawaa io n ke- prev will, should, could. [Changed future and modal] uc at kehcln pc probably,possibly Ed kehclnaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually ty kekaat pc nearly, almost cu l keklln pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekllnawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] sit kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: keklshepaa er ( y kekllnawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person Inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekllnawlt (W) ni v kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U keklshepaayaa vii be morning ad keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort he kekonen -an pr what ke kenlln pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La kenilnawlnt pr us too, as for us. (first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: kenllnawlt (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewlinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] C klclkwaashkonl vai jump out klhcl- pre big, great, very 295 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY klhc1-ayaa na elder kihcl-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. 0 kihcinihkilnk pc on the right (E). Also: kihclnlhkiik (W) kihciplson -an ni belt io be known uc vii at klhkentaakwan -oon n klhkenlm vta know s.o. Ed klhkentam vai2 know of klhkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ ty klhkentan vti know s.t. cu l klhklnoohamaw vta teach s.o. Fa klhklnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. 0 y klhsaapaawanitlso vai wash oneself sit klhtlml vai be lazy ni v er kli· prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klln pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] ad kllnawaa pr you. (second person plural personal pronoun] he kllnawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kllnawlt (W) ke kllnehta pr you alone, you only La kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kllnehtawlt (W) kllnlshtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: nlinlhtam klishlhl vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kilshlhtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ 0 kllshlk ni sky, day 296 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY klishlkaa vii be day r kiishikaahte vii be moonlight na kiishipakaawi-pfihsim leaves are fully grown month, July kiishisan vti cook s. t., done io n kllshiso vai be cooked done at kllshlte vii be cooked, done Ed uc kiishltepo vai cook klishlwaayaa vii be warm weather ty of kllshkaayawaa vii be deep water cu l kllshkipooclke vsi saw things, cut things with the saw Fa klishowaayaa vii be wann weather kiiwe vsi go home, return sit ( y kllshpln pc if ni v er kllwe- prev returning, going home, going back U kliwekoote vii fly back ad kilwenotan vti return to s.t. he kliwetlnonk pc north (E). Also: kilwetinok (W) ke kliwewlsh vts take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kliweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back kllwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kllwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) C kllyaaplc pc still, yet, more. Also: klyaaplc klmlwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 297 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vai+o steal s.t. k1moot1 0 kinepik -ook na snake. Also: kinepik-wak kinika pc mix kinipi- pv fast io at hurry, be quick, be fast uc klnipfi vai n vaVii be quick, be fast, be.used up quickly (money or time) klnipihse Ed klnokaapawl vai stand tall, be tall ty klnooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) vai cu l klnwaakaash pc for a long time have long hair Fa klnwaanlhkwe of klnooshe -k na fish klnwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: klnwesh (W) sit y 0 er kipaahkwahltllwlkamlk -oon ni jail ni v klplhcll vai stop vii block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. vii be hot (liquid) he klshaakamlte ad klplhtlnan U kipihsin -oon vii be closed ke klshilclwan -oon vii La klshllwemakan klshlte be a fast current vii be loud vii be hot (atmosphere) klshlwaasl vai be angry, be mad klsllhslpaso kisilpllkll vai take a shower vai take a bath, wash self 0 kisiipllklnlke vai wash clothes 298 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r kisiipiikinlkewikamik -oon ni laundromat kitohcike vai play a musical instrument kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk koci• pv try to do, to attempt io n kocihcikaate vii be tried uc vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed koclhpo at koclhpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ ty kohsl vts fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu l kohtaacl vsi be afraid, get scared koncipanlhi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: koclpanlhl (W). Stem:/ y kocipanih-/ koon -ak na snow ni v vai dive U kookli na owl er koohkoohkohoo •k sit ( Fa konclpanlhclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhclkaate (W) vai awaken ke koshkosl he ad kooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: ooshta vai be awake, wake up La koshkosl kotak -lyak pr the other. (animate alternative pronoun] kotak •lyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative pronoun] kwaashkonl vai jump kwaashkwepiclkan -ak C kwaashkweplcike na fishhook vai fish with a hook 299 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkwepme vai fish with a hook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 0 kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose io n kwayaancli vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) uc at kwayaantahclke vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahclke (W) Ed kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) of kwllkwllhs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwllhwllhshl -wak ty maacaa vai go, leave cu l maacaamakan vii go, leave Fa maaclclwan vii start to flow 0 y maaclhtan vii be ice breaking up sit maacn.. prev start, begin ni v er maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacllhkwashlwe vai start to paddle, paddle off ad maacllhs -ak na match he maacllhae vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) ke maacllkltowln -an ni telephone La maacllpahlwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacHpahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. maacllpahlwe vai run away from maacllpahtoo vai set out running, start running maacliplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off 0 maacilwiclkaate vii be taken away, be carried away 300 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacllyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maaclshikan -an ni scissors n vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ io maacisho uc at maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop Ed maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing vii be big waves cu l maamitonenlm vts think about s.o., consider s.o. ty maamlhcaashkaa of maamaw pc all together, in total Fa maamltonentam vai be thinking na loon (E). Also: maak (W) ni v maank -wak sit maanenclke vai disobey, bother things er ( y maamltonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad maataho U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else he maatanohkll vai start to work ke maatinawe-kllshikaa vii be Saturday La maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhltowln ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawin pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawlln C macentaakwan vii be dull, boring macl- pre bad 301 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red•coloured sky that predicts bad weather maci-naakosi vai be bad looking 0 macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ maclhpo io n macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong uc at mah! pc listen! be black of mahkatewaa vii Ed na wolf (E). Also: mahllkan (W) mahlinkan -ak ty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair cu l mahkatewlsl vai be black Fa mahkehshl -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh na ad feast, give a feast he vai er bear mahshl pc yet makohshe bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) U mahkwa -k na ni v mahkoonhs -ak 0 sit mahko-pllhslm na bear month, May y mahklsln -an ni shoe, moccasin ke makohshe-kllshlkanl-pllhslm na feast day month, December La makohshewln -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlshlm vta mamlshintan tell on s.o. vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamishltan (W) 0 mamislwe- prev all over, everything 302 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek -wak na smoke fish manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect manlhse vai get firewood manlpahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ at uc manklhtlkweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: maklhtlkweyaa (W) io n manlwaahkaahlkane vai buy a house Ed manoway --ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ of mashkash -Ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ ty mashkawaahkwatln -oon vii be frozen solid cu l mashkawll val be strong Fa mashklhkl -In ni medicine, drug sit mashklhkllwfnlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor .,. er ( y mashklhkllwlkamlk -oon ni nursing station ni v mashkllk -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U maslnaahtehslclkan --an ni television ad maslnahamaiw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. he maslnahlkan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper ke maslnahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen La masinahlkanlkamfk -oon ni library maslnahfke vai write, borrow, get credit maslnahlkewlkamlk •oon ni office, band office mate- prev visible (at a distance) L matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehlkan -ak na drum 303 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY matwehike vai · be drumming mawi vai cry mawinehike vai 0 compete, attack mayaam pc exactly io n mekwaa pc while, during, at the time uc at mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memepiso val swing oneself 0 sit y -an ni toy, plaything Fa memeplson -an ni swing, blanket cradle metawaakan ty na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe {W) cu l memenkwe •k of memeclkaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) er metawe vai play ni v metawewlkamlk -oon ni recreation hall U mlcaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ he ad mlhkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ vti find s.t. mlhkaw vta find s.o. La ke mlhkan mlhkwam -Ilk na ice mihsan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhsl mlhsat -an ni stomach mlhsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although 0 mlhshlln pc many, much, a lot 304 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin•/ mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa mihshlinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino•/ mihshikamaa vi! be a big lake io n mihsi ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mihsan 'firewood' uc at mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /•htawak-/ of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) Ed mlhtlk ~ok na tree (deciduous) ty mlhtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. cu l mllclm ni food Fa mllclmlhkanclkan -an ni bait (E). Also: mllcimlhkaclkan -an (W) mllhkana -n ni trail, path, road sit ( y mllcin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici•/ ni v er milhsaweshkishli vai have a mustache U mlihshltoone vai have a beard ad mlikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ he mllkaaso vai fight ke mlikaasowln -an ni fight, violence. Also: mllkaatlwln La mllkaatan vti fight s.t. milkihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article mllkwehc pc thanks mlina pc and, again, next L mlinkwan -ak na feather. Also: milkwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 305 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY miishkoc pc in exchange, instead oi,in turn 0 mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN•/ mlkanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /•kanakaap•/ mikihtlk -oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik•/ io at nid inside of mouth. Also: mikwlnew. Stem: /•konew•/ uc mlkonew n mikisllwl-piihsim na bald eagle month, March Ed mlkoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. of mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ cu l mfkot -an ty mlkoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concemed about s.t. Fa mlkotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ mlkwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ y 0 er sit mlnclhkaawan • ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: mfcihkaawan (W) ni v mlnclnaweal vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: mlcfnaweaf (W) U mfnlhk -an nid am,. Stem: /-nihk-/ ad mlnfhkwaakan -an ni cup he mlnlhkwe vai drink, drink s.t. ke mlnlhkwewln -an ni drink, booze La mlnlhtlk aoon ni island mlnlhtlkwaaplhk -oon ni rocky island mlnikohk pc much, many. Also: mlnfkwahk mlnlnc -fin nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: mlnic (W) mlno- pre nice, good 0 mlno-ayaawamaclho vai feel well, feel better 306 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mino-klishlkaa vii be a nice day { mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mino-naakosi vai look nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosl io n mlnohpakwan vii taste good uc at minohpltan vti like taste of s.t. Ed vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ mlnohpo of minomaakosl vai smell nice, smell good ty minomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good cu l mlntlto vai be big (E). Also: mltlto (W) Fa mfnwaahshln vii be nice, look nice minwenlm vta like s.o. sit ( y mlnwanclke vai eat well, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: minwaclke (W) ni v er minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated U minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad ad mlnwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pliway he mipiiway -an ke mlpwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ La mlshookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mishtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi mlshtlkwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ mlslt -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ L mlsiwe pc all over, everything, whole miskosl vai be red 307 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY miskwaa vii be red miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset 0 mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ io at nu ten uc mltaahso n mltaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ nu hundred. nllshwaa mltaahsomltana 'two hundred', etc. of mltaahsomltana Ed mltaahso pliwaaplhkonhsh •ak na ten cents (E). Also: mltaahso pllwaaplhkohsh (W) ty mltaahsoopllhlkan -ak na ten dollar bill cu l mltaahswaaplhk na ten dollars nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ 0 y mltehl -In Fa nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ mltaamlhkan -an sit mltenan -lin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ ni v er mitlhs -Jin nid navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ad mltonl U mltihttman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ he mltoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips). Stem: /-toon-/ ke mltoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mltootan (W) La mltooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: mllyaw moohkomaan -an ni knife moos -ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time 0 mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 308 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r be full mooshkine vii mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. io n naacl• pv gett fetch. go for uc go for food. fetch food naaclwanlhlkane vai Ed vai go to check traps. Also: naaclwanlhllkane ty naahplc pc really. very. to a high degree. extensively of naaclmllclme at naaclhkomaane vai get a knife cu l naake pc later vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ sit naanaakaclhl er ( vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) y naakwan Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosl be seen coming this way) ni v naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl• pren on shore vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllml he naanllml ad naanl- pren near, by ke naanlpaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanlpaayawe La naanlyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares L naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 309 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY naapl- prev put together, assembte naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief; scarf 0 naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) naasihkan vii get s.t., fetch s.t. n vtia get, fetch s.o. io naaslhkaw uc at naasipil vai go to the shore, go to the water vti go to get s.t. by boat of naatahan Ed naataham vai2 go to get by boat ty naatahlpll vai get water, go for water cu l naatahsapil vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares 0 y naawl- prsn center of, middle of er ni v nahke plko pc I don't know sit nahl pc look! look outl U nahsaw pc middle of ad nahsemaa -k na tobacco vti leave s.t. behind La nakatan vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ ke nakash he nahshlne pc often, all the time, frequently nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -Un ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ 0 nakwaaso vai be snared 310 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vai sit down, be seated na sturgeon name -wak namekohs -ak lake trout nanaantawaapam n vta thank s.o io nanaahkom na vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) at namatapi uc r namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike f'N) vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) ty of nanaantawenlm cu l nanaantawl-oocilwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawl-oocllwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawl-, ntawf-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) y nanaatfhkosll vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people vai tidy things er nanahacike sit ( vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenlm (W) U nantawenlm ni v nantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) he ad nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) ke nantawentan La nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw nantonaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) vta look for s.o. natawihlwe vai heal people. Also: antawlhlwe L nato- pre real, natural, plain 311 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 natohtan vti listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise nawac pc more, quite (-er) io n nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit uc at nekaapilhanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaaplfhanok (W) Ed neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point in the lake of neyaahsh -Un ni point of land, peninsula nlcaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. ty Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ cu l nicllmJc -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ Fa nlhka •k na Canada goose y 0 sit nlhkaakone vaVii be covered with snow be spoiled U nlhshlwanaatan -oon vii ni v nlhsaapaawe vai drown er nlhki-pllhslm na goose month, April he ad nlhsl vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ ke nlhsln nu three La nlhslnoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhsltawlnan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nlhsltohtam vai2 understand nlhsltohtan vti understand s.t. nlhslwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ nihsomltana 0 nu thirty 312 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen r nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars nlhswaa pc three times, thrice nlhswaapihk ni three dollars io n nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how uc at nlhtaawanohkll vai work well, be a good worker of nlhtaawlhse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well Ed nlhtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk ty nllcl-klhclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-ilci-kihcihaa-/ cu l nllcl-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa nllcl-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ sit nlicllhaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ er ( y nllclhklwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ ni v nllclmohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U nllhsllklnlncaan -an ni finger. Also: nllhsllklnlcaan ad nllhsllklsltaan -an ni toe he nilhtaawlhs •ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nllhtaawahs ke nllkate pc a ways off, far away La nllkateshkaa vai go away nllmaawlniwash -an ni provisions box, container nllml vai dance nilmltana L nu forty niln pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] nilnamli vai be weak 313 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY niinawint pr we, us (E) [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) 0 niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawft (W) niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: io n /-iinimw-/ at nlinlshtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nllnlhtam uc nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal Ed nllpawl vai stand, be standing of nllpln vii summer cu l ty nllshln nu two nllshlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ Fa nllshltana nu twenty nlishltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars sit y 0 er nlishltanawepllhlkan -ak na twenty dollar bill ni v nllshlwak vsi be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U nllsho-kllshlkaa vii be Tuesday na two dollar bill he ad nlishoopiihlkan -ak ke nlishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars nlishwaa pc twice nilshwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ nllshwaahsiwak val be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ nllshwaahso nu seven 0 nllshwaahsomltana nu seventy 314 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven (' nlishwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars nilshwaahswaapihk na seven dollars niishwaapihk na two dollars. n vii be miserable weather io niiskaatan uc Ed nlltlhkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ of nllwaa pc four times ty nllwaaplhk na four dollars cu l nllwl-kll&hlkaa vii be Thursday nu four nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four na fourteen dollars ni v nliwlshaap tahswaaplhk sit nliwlshaap er ( y nliwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ Fa nllwln at nlltlhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ad nlkamo vai sing U nliwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ he nlkamowin -an ni song La ke nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ nlkoslhs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ nlmaamaa •mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nlmlhsens (W) nlmohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nlmlhshoom L nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 315 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: ninahaakanlhkwem (W) nlnahaanklhshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaakihshiim (W) 0 niniikihlk -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ io at na otter (E). Also: nikik (W) uc nlnklk -wak n nininc -lin nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: nlnic. Stem: /-nicy-/ (W) Ed nlnklko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: niklko-wanihlkan (W), nlnklko-wanlhllkan (E) of nlnklao vai be melted (E). Also nlkiso (W) ty nlnkotwaahslnoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nlkotwaahslnoon (W) vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nlkotwaahsiwak (W) cu l nlnkotwaahsiwak Fa nlnkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nlkotwaahso (W) nu sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahsomltana (W) y 0 sit nlnkotwaahsomltana er nlnkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap (W) vii be overcast (E). Also: nlkwahkwan (W) he nlnkwahkwan na six dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahswaaplhk (W) ad nlnkotwaahswaaplhk U ni v nlnkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) ke nintawl- prev go to do. Also: nantawl-, ntawl- (E). Also: nltawi-, natawl-, ntawl- (W) La nlpaa vai sleep nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewin -an ni bed nlpl ni water 0 nipilhkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipilhkaak (W) 316 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY nipo vai die, be dead nlshlhsensh -ak nad my (cross-} uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: nishlhsesh (W} nishtam pc firs~, next uc at nlslkohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ io n nishtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ Ed nltaanlhs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ of nltaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ ty nltawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac cu l nltawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ Fa nltaylhlhsh -ak nsd my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ sit nltooshlm -ak nad my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ er (_ y nltiko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntlko ni v nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nsd my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ ad niyaanan nu five U nltooslhs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ he nlyaanan pliwaaplhkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: nlyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) La ke nlyaananlwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years nlyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak L na five dollar bill nlyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap niyaananoshaap tahswaaplhk na fifteen dollars 317 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY niyaananwaa pc five times 0 niyaananwaaplhk na five dollars nooci-klnooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear n noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ io noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ uc at noohplmlnk pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohplmlk (W) Ed noomake pc for a while of noonclhshlpe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: nooclhshlpe (W) ty noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W} vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W} Fa noontaw cu l noonkom kaa-klishfkaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa-klishlkaak (W) noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) y 0 er sit nooslhs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ ni v nootlhkwewe vai womanize; chase women U nootln vii be windy, be a wind it seems, probably. Also: nltlko he ntiko pc ad nootinikewin -an ni war, violence ke ocllmaanl vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat La oclimltoo-pllhslm na kissing month, January. Also: oclimi-klishlkaawl-plihslm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 0 ohsha pc [emphatic particle). Also: hsha 318 �ANIHSHININIThlOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY r na okaanhs -ak okimaa •k na pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) boss, manager okimaahkaan •ak na chief n okin -ilk ni tomatoe at io okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] of onaakan •an ni dish, plate Ed omplpanlho vsi go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpanlho (W) uc omakahkll -k na frog ty onaako pc yesterday cu l onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ sit y oncl- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: ocl-{W). IC> wecionci•wllci-taamaakan ns neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wllcl-taamaakan (W) er ( Fa oncl pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) U ni v onclhcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) ad oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= he onclnowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) ke onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) La onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwltoon (W) onlkam -Jin ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml- (W) L ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamlhse (W) ontamli vai be busy (E). Also: otamil (W) 319 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) 0 ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) oocii -k na fly n ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta io oplhkwahko vai have arrows uc at opihkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed osaawaa vii be yellow/brown of osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair ty osaawlsl vai be yellow/brown cu l oshaawashkosl vai be blue Fa oshaawashkwaa vii be blue oshihclkaate vii be made, be build, be processed sit y 0 er osohsotam vai2 cough ni v ota pc emphatic U otaahplnan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. ad otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked he otaanaank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak (W) La ke otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahklhsln -oon vii be open paahpi vai laugh paahplhl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahplhtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ 0 paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 320 �r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa vii be shallow water paanahkihk -wak na frying pan paane- prev wide; broad; roomy; expanded paanesi vai be wide, broad, roomy, expanded io n paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded uc at paanimaa pc much later, later on, after a long while Ed paashkislkan -an ni gun of paashklso vta shoot s.o. Stem; /paashkisw-/ ty vai be skinny, be starving paawanll cu l paawlhtlk -oon ni rapids vti hit s.t.. strike s.t. pahklhteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw•/ pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) er sit y pahkihtehan ni v ( Fa pahkaan pc different U pahkon vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. ad pahkweshlkan na flour, bread he pahkweshlkanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour vii be Friday La ke pahkweshlkani-kllshlkaa pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin paklcllwln -an pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakltanemo L ni airport. Also: poonilwln vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ pakltln vta let go of s.o. pakltinan vti let go of s.t. 321 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohsenimo vai wish, hope 0 pakwaan -an ni shirt paninan vti drop s.t. from hand panklhshlmon vii be the setting sun (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) n vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) io panklhsin uc at pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakll (W) Ed papaamaatake vai swim around of papaaml-lshaamakan vii go about, go there ty papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk Fa papllkonlke vai fumble things, cause problems cu l papllhkwahkamlklsl vai fumble things, cause problems 0 ni v pashkwewash -an ni pack er sit pashkwatahlkan -an ni clear-cut area y papllkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy U paslkwli vai stand up, arise ad patoteplso vai drive off the road he payahklnan vti clean s.t. ke payahtak pc very carefully vai La payehklnike clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehklhsh pc at the same time, while pehpeshlk pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) 0 pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation 322 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper (' peshik nu one peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhs peshlko vai be alone, single io n peshlko- pre one, single uc at one dollar bill peshlkoopllhlkan -ak na na eleven dollars of peshlkoshaap tahswaaplhk Ed peshlkoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ty peshlkwaa pc once, one time cu l peshlkwaaplhk na one dollar Fa peshlkwan pc same sit peshlshoonlyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk shooniyaahsh er ( y peshikwan vii be alone, single ni v pi- prev here, hither, towards U pl-kllwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. ad pl-kilwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. he pl-naakosi vai be visible coming this way La ke plhkwaamatinaa -n ni hill pihkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse pihkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress L pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ piiclwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: pllsh 323 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLIS H GLOSSARY piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ 0 pliho vai wait, be waiting piihshaakaneyaap ni rope, string n pifhsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: pflhsom io plihsimohkaan -ak na clock uc at pllhsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar of pilkohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pilhswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) ty pilkohae vii get broken, break down, break by itself cu l pilkohsltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ Fa plikoshkaa vaVii be broken 0 sit y plinahlkan -an ni purse er pllnahlke vai put something in a container, pack something ni v pllnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U pllnci- pren inside, into (E). Also: pllcl- (W) ad pllnclyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllciyahll (W) he pllntlkamlnk pc indoors (E). Also: plltlkamlk (W) La ke pllntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltike (W) pllsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllshaa vai come here. Also: pl-lshaa plltoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ pllway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway 0 pliwlte •k na stranger plko pc just. Also: poko 324 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of pimaahkwepahlke vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey n plmaahoote vii. drift along on the waves io pimaapoote vii drift along on the current uc ni life Ed plmaatlslwln -an at plmaatlsl vai live, be alive of plmahkwashlwaake vai paddle something vii fly along, fly by sit plmlhsewln -an ni airplane, plane. Also: plmlnaakan ni v ptmlhshln vai lie down er ( y plmlhse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) Fa plml- prev by, past, along, in process of cu l pimakoote ty plmahkwashlwe vai paddle, paddle by U plmlkonaakaa vii be a week ad ptminlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder he plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by La ke plmlpanlhclkan -an ni engine, motor, machine plmlplso vai drive along, drive by plmltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by plmltaapll vai go along by sled or sleigh plmlte ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas L plmlwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwltoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ 325 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ 0 pimohse vai walk along, walk by plmooclke vai carry things pinaahkwaan ..an ni comb io n plnaahkweho vai comb one's hair uc at plnaahkwliwl-pllhsim na leaves are falling month. October na spruce hen of pine •wak Ed pinamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile ty plnehshilnsh •ak na bird (E). Also: plnehshilsh (W) cu l plnehsllwan vii there is thunder na lynx 0 y pishlw -ak Fa plpoon vii winter er sit pltlkohtaakosl vai have a muffled or low sound. have a muffled or low voice ni v pltikosl vai be stocky. be chubby U poonanohkli vai quit a job, stop working ad poonl- prev stop. cease, quit he pooni-plmaatisl vai die ke pooshoo pc hello La poosl vai get on, embark pooslhl vta put s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ poosikwaashkonl vai jump aboard pooslpanlho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanlhoo 0 pootaanltlso vai blow on oneself 326 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r ni fireplace, campfire pootawaan -an pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) n pwaatawl- pv delayed, late vii at uc saakaapahte the sun is rising, the sun comes up. smoke comes out (in the distance) Ed vii saakaahte io pwatan ni butter of saakaham vai2 go out, exit ty saakahikan -an -iin ni lake vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ Fa saaklhl cu l saakicl- prev out na sit saaklpaakaawf-plihslm leaves are out month, June er ( y saaklhtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ ni v saankahslnoon vii be nine (E). Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahslnoon (E), saakahslnoon (W) ad U saankahsiwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahsiwak (E), saakahslwak (W) he saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La ke saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomltana nu ninety. Also: shaankahsomitana (E), saakahsomltana (W} saankahsoshaap tahswaaplhk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahswaapihk (W) sahklso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire L sahklte vii be lit, be on fire 327 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly sakime -k 0 na mosquito sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net n shaakashkine vii be full io shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all uc at shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) na duck of shllhshllp -ak Ed sheshtak -ook na thread ty shlipaa- pren beneath cu l shllpaahl pc beneath something Fa shlipllkll vai stretch one's body 0 sit y shllpllkwaan -an ni sweater er shllwaa vii be sweet ni v shllwaakamin -oon vii be sweet (liquid) ad shliwlhtaakan ni salt U shliwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice he shikaak -wak na skunk La ke shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad shlkatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. shlmaakanlhshliwlkamlk -oon ni police station shinkop -ilk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shlkop (W) shlnkoplfwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopliwaapoo (W) shoohp na soap 0 shookaa na sugar 328 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY shoominaapoo ni wine (' na shoominlhsh •ak na shooniyaan -ak raisin money. Also: shooniyaa pour s.t., pump s.t. out at vti iron uc siiklnan na io shooshkwahlkan •ak n shoonlyaawash -an ni wallet Ed sllkinlkaate vii be poured of sllkwan vii be spring ty alipl -In ni river cu l slltawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly Fa slkohsl -wak na weasel sit soonkltehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookltehe (W) er ( y aooklhpwan vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan would, could, should, ought, can [modal] U taa- prev ni v ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] ad taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time he taashklkahlke vsi split wood vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ La ke taashklsho taawin ni town, village tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawl vai tahkwaanihkwe L stand short, be short vai have short hair tahsh pc and, but tahsln pc a certain number 329 �ANIHSHININITh10WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ 0 tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre so many, so much, every n tahso-niipin pc .every summer io tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ uc at tahswaa pc so many times. every time Ed takahklnaakosl vai be good looking, handsome of takiln pc usually ty takohse vii arrive by flying 0 vii be fall. be autumn er takwaakfn sit y takoplsf val arrive by vehicle Fa takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu l takohshin vii arrive ni v takwan vii be there, exist vii be heard there ad tanlhtaakwan U tanenlm vts think s.o. to be there ke vai stay there, hang around. live there, play La tashilhke he tanlwewltam vai2 be heard from a certain place tashilhkewln •an ni village. settlement, community tashilwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about. talk about s.o. tashoplsh vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ 0 tatipaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tipaaclmo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 330 �ANIHSHININ1Th10WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY r tehsapiwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapow1n tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance n tepl-wllhsini vai have enough to eat io teplhse vaVii be enough of s.t.. be sufficient uc at teplhtan vti hear s.t. in the distance Ed vta hear s.o. in the distance teplhtaw of teplnaahk pc carelessly ty tepwe pc true. for sure vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something Fa tepwehtan cu l tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) (what someone says to do) y vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) sit tepwehtaw er ( ni v tetako pc extremely. totally, very U tetlpaa pc around ad tetlpaahl pc around something he tlhklnaakan -an ni cradleboard La ke tlhtipanaweyaanlhkwe vai have curly hair tlhtlplhse vai/A roll tlhtiplpanlho vai roll fast. Also: tlhtlplpanlhoo tihtipweplshklkan -ak ni bicycle til ni tea L tilhke vai make tea tllhtlpaamaclwe vai go downhill 331 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tiihtipaantawe vai climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tiihtipaatawe (W) tiiwahkihk -wak -cok 0 na kettle, teakettle tipaaclmo vai tell news, narrate n tipaacimohtaw __ vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone io tipaaclmowin -an ni story, narration uc at tlpaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tipaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) of tlpahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours 0 sit y tlplhkaa vii be night cu l tlpentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. Fa tlpenlm vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. ty tipenclkewln -an ni property, belongings, family er tlplhkl-pllhslm -ook na moon ni v tlpihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tiplhkok (W) U toohaan -ak na ball ad toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tlnoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan he tootaaso vai do so to oneself La ke tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahlke vai make a hole in the ice 0 waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- waaclye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 332 �r ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY waaciye vai shake hands waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahikan -an ni house n waahkaahike vai build a house io waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour uc ni chest Ed waahkikan -an at waahkamisl vai behave of waahsa pc far, distant ty waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshl -wak sit ( ni ax (E). Also: cllkahlkan (W) y waakaahkwat -oon Fa cu l waahtepakliwi-pilhslm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawl-piihslm waapaa vii be white ni v er waanipliyaa vii pond, be an area of water ad U waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair he waapam vta see s.o. ke waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow La waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan). Also: waapak (W) waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhsahaa vii be grey L waaplhsahisi vai be grey waapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aapikoshilhsh (W) 333 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY waapisi vai be white 0 waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) n waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan io waashahaa vii be a bay uc at waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenlkan, waastenlkan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights ty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer cu l waawfkan -an ni back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohsh -ak (E) 0 sit y wacashk -wak na muskrat er wacll -n ni mountain ni v wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwl -in ni cloud. Also: wahko ad waklc pc on top of something he waklcl- pren on top of La ke waklclyahll pc on top of something wanankohsh •ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhl vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhlkan -an ni trap. Also: wanihllkan wanlhlkanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihllkanaahtlk wanihlke vai trap. Also: wanlhilke 0 wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 334 �wanlihkenotaw wanfshkaa vta forget s.o. vai get up washkinan n vai tum washkil vti tum s.t., steer s.t. io r ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanilhkenotan vti forget s.t. uc at watakaml- pv easily Ed waweshahltaapaanewlkamlk -oon ni garage vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ of waweshlhl wehwew -ak sit er na snow goose wehwe -k na white goose na Whiteman U wemlhtlkooshl -wak ni v ( y wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) cu l wawlyatlslike vsi do funny things Fa wawiyasinaakosl vsi look cute, look funny ty waweshlhtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ ad wemlhtikooshlihkwe -k na white woman he wemlhtikooshilmo vai speak English La ke wencl- prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< oncl- Also: weci- (W). IC< oclwenipan pc be gone, disappear wenootlsl vai be rich wepahaakone vai shovel snow wepahlkan -an ni broom l., wepahlke vai sweep the floor weshkac pc long ago, in the past 335 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past 0 weshkaci-anlhshlnlnl na old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there n wli- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] io wilclhi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ uc na spouse, companion Ed wlicliwaakan -ak at wilciiw vta go with. accompany s.o. of wllhkaa pc ever wllhkwepahlke vsi use a vacuum cleaner Fa wllhsakaakamln -oon vii taste bitter (liquid) cu l ty wllhkwehplclkan ni bundle, package wllhsakentam va/2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain sit y 0 er wllhslnl vai eat ni v wlihslnllwlkamlk -oon ni restaurant U wlihslnliwlnaahtlk -oon ni table ad wllklto vai be married. marry he wllkwaahs -an ni birchbark La ke wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket wlln pc (contrastive]. Also: =lin wlin pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun] wllnashk -wak na groundhog wilnawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] 0 wlincilkisl vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisl (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone. him/her only 336 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY whnehtawaa pr they alone, them only r wllnlshtam pr him first, her first. him next. her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wlinihtam wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) io n wllntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wlltamaw (W) at wlipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early uc wilskwehokaan -an ni tent Ed wiltanohkllmaakan -ak na co-worker La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of wllyaahs ni meat L 337 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi 0 ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT papaami-isha_ amakan vii go about, go there n ABOVE io ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) ABROAD ABSENT Ed inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) uc at akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad ACCEPT of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ty ACCIDENTALLY cu l pihtaho vts hH s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ ACCOMPANY Fa wiiciiw vts go wHh, accompany s.o. ACROSS akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink (W) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail . ni v ADDRESS er sit y 0 kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U ADHERE ad akohke vai stick on, adhere AFRAID ke AFTER he kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared La ishkwaa- prev after, completed AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN . miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 0 338 �io sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( •· y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at r AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane AIRPORT pakiciiwin -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ALIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- pre all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vai be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone, single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too. as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc eventhough,anyhow,although ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but n ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY L • 339 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ANGRY kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashiihsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashiihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake {W) ANYHOW . aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of•.• (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid arm AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vi(,. arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -con ni arrow ASFOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa 340 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun) .Also: kekiinawit ('fl} keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E}. [first person exclusive personalpronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] io n r ASK ask s.o. at vta ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing Ed AT THAT TIME uc kakwecim ty ATTEMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt of ahpii pc when, at that time cu l ATTEND ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii Fa AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August y nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nsd my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ sit ( AUNT er AWAKE ni v koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken U AWAY ad ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ke BACK he ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) La awahsite pc beyond, back otaanaak pc back, behind . Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD L maci- pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 341 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak na ball BAND OFFICE masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office BANNOCK aanahkonaa -k na bannock · BARELY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly BAT opihkwanaaciihsh -ak na bat BATH kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BAY waashahaa vii be a bay BE ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist BEADED ARTICLE miikihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article BEAR mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) BEARD miihshitoone vai have a beard BEAVER amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam BED nipewin -an ni bed kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k na bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwayeBEGIN maacii- prev start, begin La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 342 �ENGLIS H - ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN GLOSSARY BEHAVE uc Ed of sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- prsn beneath shiipaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BETIER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond, back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak na bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito rN) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCHBARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. at io n r waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back, behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what 343 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY BLANKET waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan 0 BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle BLOUSE ni blouse pihkwan -an io kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself n BLOW vai vii be blue be blue uc oshaawashkosi oshaawashkwaa at BLUE Ed BOAT of ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat BODY nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw-/ ty miyaw -an cu l BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Fa BOILED iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 0 y BOOK ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper sit masinahikan -an er BORED shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad ni v BORING vii be dull, boring macentaakwan U BORROW BOSS he ad masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. okimaa -k boss, manager ke BOTHER na La maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE 0 soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 344 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIIVIOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVii be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti bum s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ C 345 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY caakite vii bum up, be burned up BUSH 0 noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) io n BUT tahsh pc and, but at BUTTER BUTTERFLY uc pwatan ni butter Ed na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) memenkwe -k BUY of ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house ty BY piihsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar 0 y CALL Fa CALENDAR cu l naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to ni v er sit kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vii call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. CALM U anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water ad CAMERA he cahkaahtehsicikan -an n/ camera CAMP ke kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin via catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR otaapaan -ak 0 na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 346 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r pehkaac pc slowly, carefully payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) C 347 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY CHEEK manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ 0 CHEST waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD io n awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshiiwi vai be a child CHIN nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ at mitaamihkan -an uc CHISEL Ed eshkan -an ni ice chisel CHOOSE CLEAN Fa kaahsiinitiso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things cu l ty of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church y 0 sit CLEAR SKY ni v . er waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB HILL he CLIMB A ad U naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vai climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) ke ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK La piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko 0 CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 348 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIThfOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n CO-WORKER wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na co-worker COAT makoot -an or -ayan ni coatt dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi-mihtikowash -an ni coffin COLD kawaci vai be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR pinaahkweho vai comb one's hair COME naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi-naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa COMEFROM oncii vsi come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii (W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED .. mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worryt be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. CONSIDER maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. CONTEST mawinehike val compete, take part In a contest COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) C 349 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY COST SO MUCH inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) Q COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough COULD . io at uc COUSIN n ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] cu l ty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ Fa COVER akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow y 0 er tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard sit CRADLEBOARD CRANKY ni v aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky CRAWL U pimitaacimo vai crawl along, crawl by CREDIT ad masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit he CRY CUB ke mawi vai cry CUP La mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 0 350 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi vai dance naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi n DARK sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io kashkii-tipihkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day · kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard L 351 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY . nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 ni v er sit y 0 DO BAD La ke he ad U macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't . Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) 0 352 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY n io ( DOWN THE SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahpiso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink. booze at DRIVE DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off of DROP Ed uc patotepiso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by ty paninan vti drop s.t. from hand piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoer/ cu l DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown Fa DRUG mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug DRUM y matwehikan -ak na drum sit ( DRUMMING er matwehike vai be drumming DRY I U ni v paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry ad DUCK DUCKS he shiihshiip -ak na duck nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) ke DURING . La mekwaac pc while. during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT L amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat 353 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY EFFORT aana• pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder 0 io at uc Ed of cu l ty waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew n_ u eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi•/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemitana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ n EGG ELDER Fa kihci-ayaa na elder niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN . peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 354 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIII\{OWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ENOUGH tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s. t., be sufficient ENTER piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop--(W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso- pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle] Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in tum L 355 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY EXHAUSTED caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED _ kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively io n 0 at EXTENT Ed uc ahpiihci• prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY of EXTREME Fa cu l ty tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap •an nid eye. Stem: /-caap•/ FADE aahte- pv fade away, disappear FALL pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) FALUAUTUMN takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR waahsa pc far, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length FARAWAY niikate pc a ways off, far away FAST kinipi• pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 356 �io at uc sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r FEATHER miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam_ vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FELLOW niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE ihkwe -wak na woman, female FETCH naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk ns fifteen dollars FIFTY niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT mikaash vts fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. FILLED UP shaakashkine vii be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine FINALLY keka pc finally, eventually FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND mihkaw vta find s.o. mihkan vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire n ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY L 357 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n FIREWOOD mihsan ni firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtam pr you next, you first. (second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun). Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE · niyaanan nu five niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float. soak (E). Also: akotin (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 358 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r FLOOR wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweshikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY kishiiciwan -oon vii flow swiftly FLY ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird}, starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W} oocii -k na fly FLY BACK kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) FOOT misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD mikanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness FORGET waniihkenotan vti forget s.t. waniihkenotaw vta forget s.o. FORK ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times L 359 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed FOURTEEN niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -~k na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often. all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenck Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak na frying pan FUMBLE papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems FUN minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated FUNNY wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard. grease. fuel oil, gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER maawatoonan vti gather s.t. GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 360 �r ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat GET NET n naatahsapii vai get one•s net, check one's net kapaa vai io GET OFF get off, disembark at GETON uc poosi vai get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ Ed GET READY kwayaancii vsi get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii r,N) of GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the morning ty GETWATER cu l naatahipii vsi get water, go for water GHOST na ghost, corpse Fa ciipay -ak GIRL sit GIVE miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake CN) er ( y ihkwesenhs -ak ns girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) ni v GO he ad U aacaan pc gol ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vsi go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD La ke tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY l.. ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back 361 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GO BACKWARDS ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiicime vai go for food GO HOME kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back GOIN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GOOUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawh ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipii vai go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GO WITH wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear GOOD mino- pre nice, good nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker GOOD LOOKING takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k ns snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 362 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ GREASE pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more io n GREEN at aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisi vai be green uc GREETING waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) Ed GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey GROUNDHOG ty wiinashk -wak na groundhog cu l GUN paashkisikan -an ni gun mipiiway -an piiway ni hair nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ sit y HALF aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prev half ni v HALF-DOLLAR er ( Fa HAIR aapihtawaapihk -ook HALL na half-dollar U metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall ad HAND HANG he mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands La ke akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN L ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= lti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have somethi ng bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 363 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HARD aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky 0 HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder HARDLY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly n HARE io waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) at HAT uc ashtotin -an ni hat, cap ayaan ayaaw Ed HAVE vti have s.t. vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. of HAVE A BOAT ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat ty HAVE ARROWS cu l opihkwahko vai have arrows HE sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next. her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only er HEAD Q HEAL natawihiwe -wak ni v mishtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) U HEAR HEAR S.O. La HEARD vta hear s.o. in the distance vti hear s.t. in the distance ke tepihtaw tepihtan he ad noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ HEATER kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO Q pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 364 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun} wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only n r wiicihi io HERE at ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards HIGH of mooshkahan vii flood, be high water Ed kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vti2 hide it uc HIDE HILL ty pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill cu l HIM sit ( y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her (third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HIP er mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ ni v HIT U pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw•/ ke he ad HITHER pi- prev here, hither, towards HOCKEY pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey La HOLE IN ICE twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME L api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vai go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 365 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked 0 HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamite vii be hot (liquid) n HOUR io waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour at HOUSE HOW aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY of · aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER cu l HOWL ty shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) Fa HUNDRED mitaahsomitana Ed uc maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan -an ni house nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. Q y HUNGRY sit paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry HUNT U ni v er nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Atso:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike (W) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) ad HURRY kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast he HURRY ABOARD HURT ke poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo La wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam -iik maacihtan vii maacihtan vii ICE BREAKUP maacihtan vii na ice be ice breaking up ice break up 0 be ice breaking up 366 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii ice break up kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshilN PROCESS pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak 0N) INDIAN anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) INFORM kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E) . Also: noohpimik (W) INSECT . manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect INSIDE piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) INVESTIGATE memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r IF L 367 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io JANUARY ociimitoo-piihsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak JOB anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July JUMP kwaashkoni vai jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vai jump out JUNE saakipaakaawi-piihsim na leaves are out month, June JUST piko pc just. Also: poke KERCHIEF naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief, scarf KETTLE ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key KILL nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ KIND toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -con ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vai get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke pike pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 368 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at r KNOWHOW nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni lake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake uc LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout Ed LAMP LAST Fa cu l anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ty of waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LATE y sit ni v er ( anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon pwaatawi- pv delayed. late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH U paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ ad LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ he LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat ke LAZY be lazy La kihtimi vai LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash nakatan vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ vti leave s.t. behind LEFT L namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ 369 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY LEGEND aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends . 0 LENGTH io Ed LIBRARY uc masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper at LETTER n ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vta _ let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ Fa cu l ty of masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life LIGHT sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. · minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mahl pc listen! La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 LITTLE 0 pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 370 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prsv as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONGTIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOK AFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vsi look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W} nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOK AT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOK! nahl pc look! look out! LOOKOUT ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank •wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) L 371 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io LOSE wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ LOW capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX pishiw -ak na lynx MACHINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad MAKE FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire MAKE FUN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN naape -wak na man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED wiikito vai be married, marry MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 372 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY r MATCH maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-piihsim na bear month, May MAYBE sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather L MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITTEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) 373 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MIX at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwi-kiishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-piihsim -ook na moon MOONLIGHT kiishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (--er) MORNING kekishepaayaa vii be moming waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO sakime -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 374 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MOUTH r mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc _much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi kitohcike io MUSIC vai play a musical instrument at MUSKEG uc mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Ed MUSKRAT wacashk -wak na muskrat ty cu l maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be MUST BE iitok pc maybe, must be MUSTACHE miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache of MUST Fa NAME-SAKE niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ y ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= sit C NAMED er NARRATE ni v tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate NARRATION U tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration NARROW vii be a narrow river ad akaahsihtikweyaa NATIVE ke he anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe NATURAL La nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to L NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 375 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIlvlOWIN GLOSSARY NECK mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ 0 NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) NEPHEW n ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-naha~nkihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ io NET uc at ahsap -iik na net naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net Ed NEVER kaawin wiihkaa pc never NEVERTHELESS of shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS vta tell s.o. news or a story cu l NEXT ty tipaacimohtaw Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam sit y Q NICE ni v er mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water U NICE DAY mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day ad NIECE nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ he NIGHT La ke kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk (Y.r NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) 376 ) �io at uc sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r NO ekaa pc no, not [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) NORTHERN LIGHTS waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ NOT ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim na freeze up month, November NOW aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: hahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -con ni nursing station OAR ashepoyaan -ak na paddle, oar. OCEAN akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE masinahikewikamik -con ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OHMYI kooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY L 377 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time 0 ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshik pc one by one ONE CENT na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh na one dollar at peshikwaapihk io ONE DOLLAR na uc ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak n peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak one dollar bill Ed ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONETIME ONE WHO kaa- prsv one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] cu l ONLY ty of peshikwaa pc once, one time Fa ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ni v er sit y 0 OOPS! U ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OPEN ad paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER ke ORGANIZE he onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ La ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap tor otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT Q taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 378 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE r akwaciink pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. n masinahamaw na owl at koohkoohkohoo -k io OWL sit er PAIN U ni v wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS mitaahs -ak nsd pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ PAPER ke he ad masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper PARENT niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ PAST pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past PAST TENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense). Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed tipenim vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ plmiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back PADDLE apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle uc OWN PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 379 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY PEN masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen 0 PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake PEPPER n pepaa ni pepper PERSON at uc Ed of maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanlta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. io PERHAPS Fa cu l ty anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICK UP manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow PLAIN nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane PLATE ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 La onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything PLEASE aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please 0 380 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PLOW r tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -con ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY n siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly io POP/JUICE uc Ed of sit er siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out ni v ( y Fa cu l ty PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoominaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR at shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice POURED U siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY PREPARE ad ayamihaa vai pray he kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) La ke PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY L tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 381 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PUNISH tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. 0 PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose pihtaahpiso vai Ed uc at io n PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse PUT ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER ty of piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ Fa cu l PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc (yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) hurry, be quick, be fast ni v vai kinipii er sit y Q QUICKLY U wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) ad QUIETLY QUIT he sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly La QUITE ke pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vsi quit a job, stop working nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 382 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY RAISIN shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN n kaakaaki -wak na raven io READY at kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) Ed y RED sit miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset ni v er ( Fa cu l ty of nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall uc REAL ke he ad U REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of.•. (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vsi be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION La inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ L RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 383 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIII\10WIN GLOSSARY . io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD · miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND minihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pimipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ at REAIDENCE La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 384 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii cet used up, run out, be exhausted SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT shiiwihtaakan ni salt n SAME io peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while at SAME TIME maatinawe-kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday SAW Ed SATURDAY uc mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same} time, now of kiishkipoocike vsi saw things, cut things with the saw akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely SCARED y sit SCHOOL ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii er ( kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared Fa SCARCELY cu l ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /IN-/ ty SAY ni v SCISSORS maacishikan -an ni scissors SCRAPE U vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad maataho SEAGULL kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk he SEARCH ke nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W} nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) La SEATED namatapi vai sit down, be seated SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E}. Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) L SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 385 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIThfOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n SET pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle. speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun) wiin pr he, she, him1 her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] 386 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININITh10WIN GLOSSARY n ke- prev will, should, would, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow io naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) n SHOW UP at SHOWER uc kisiisihpaso vai take a shower ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING Ed SHUTILE of niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ ty SIBLING-IN..LAW cu l niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ Fa SICK aahkosi vai be sick ni sickness, illness sit aahkosiwin -an SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. er ( y SICKNESS ciiweyaa ni v SILENT vii be silent, be no sound SINCE U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ad SING SINGLE he nikamo vsi sing La ke peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nsd my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh•/ L SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 387 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY IT ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly 0 SIX SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) uc SIXTEEN DOLLARS io na ninkotwaahsowaapihk at SIX DOLLARS n ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E}. Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) Ed ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) of SIXTY ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini otaapaan -ak na cu l SKIDOO ty SIZE skidoo, car Fa SKILLED nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 0 y pahkon sit SKIN SKINNY er paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry shikaak -wak na skunk U SKY ni v SKUNK SLED ke he ad kiishik ni sky. kiishlk ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset La pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully 0 SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) 388 �io at uc Ed sit er ni v U ad so ke he amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vsi float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp na soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya La ( y Fa cu l ty of r akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vai smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak na smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook na snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vsi be snared nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vsi set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak ns snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vai plow snow wepahaakone vai shovel snow SNOWSHOE aakim -ak na snowshoe n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 389 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) SONG nikamowin -an ni song SOON wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi {W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so SOUTH shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininiimo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAK TO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood SPOILED nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 390 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r SPRUCE shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND n niipawi vai stand, be standing io STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise at STAR uc wacahkohsh -ak na star (W}. Also: wanankosh (E) of cu l ty maacii- prev start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work Ed START Fa STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry y er sit tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly . ni v STEAL kimooti vai+o steal s.t. U STEER ad washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) he STICK ON ke akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic La ( STAY STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 391 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kipihtinan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working 0 STORE ni store, trading post ataawikamik -oon STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration STOVE n ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater io STRAIGHT at kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) STRANGER na stranger uc piiwite •k Ed STRETCH shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ of STRIKE pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. ty STRONG cu l mashkawii vai be strong STURGEON na sturgeon Fa name -wak SUDDENLY ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise y 0 sit SUFFICIENT ni v er tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUGAR shookaa na sugar U SUITCASE ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. SUMMER ke SUN he niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUNSET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset 0 SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 392 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r cike, cikema pc tor sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW .. koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shliwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vsi swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 393 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TEA n io at uc of tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea 0 Ed TALL kinokaapawi vai stand tall, be tall TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw~/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good TASTE OF kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEACH Fa cu l ty kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. kihkinoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle TEASE nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people 0 y maaciikitowin -an ni telephone er TELEVISION sit TELEPHONE ni v masinaahtehsicikan -an · ni television TELL ad U wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiitamaw (W) TELL ABOUT tashim vta tell about, talk about s.o. ke he TELL LEGENDS aatisoohke vai tell legends TELL NEWS tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate La tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TELL ON mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan (W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 0 394 �io cu l ty of Ed uc at r TEN DOLLAR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent THANK nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS miikwehc pc thanks THAT aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal) ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiwetl weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there n ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY er sit y amihi pc that's THEM kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. {third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only . ni v THEN U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please ad THEN THERE he ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then ke ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THESE La ( Fa THAT'S okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vsi2 think so 395 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vti think so of s.t., to be so maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative} okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. (animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 396 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY at io n TIME kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times, every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something uc TO sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom rN) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun) kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. (third person plural personal pronoun] 397 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) 0 TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too, as for. TOOL at io n aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL uc maamaw pc all together, in total Ed TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN town. Also: taawinink (locative) of na taawin TOY ty metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything cu l TRAIL Fa miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik ad U ni v er sit y 0 he TREE na tree (deciduous) na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) ke mihtik -ook shnikop -iik La TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ 0 TUESDAY niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday 398 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN washkii vai tum washkinan vti tum s.t.. steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars n TWENTY io niishitana nu twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL na twenty dollar bill at niishitanawepiihikan -ak uc TWENTY DOLLARS Ed niishitana tahswaapihk na twenty dollars TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO DOLLAR BILL ty Fa niishoopiihikan -ak na two dollar bill cu l niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vsi be two. Stem: /niishi-/ of TWO TWO DOLLARS y niishwaapihk na two dollars sit UNCLE er nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomihs -ak nsd my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /•oohkomihs-/ ni v UNDER UNDERSTAND U anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow he ad nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so ke UNDERWATER anaamipiik pc underwater La us kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). (first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 399 �ENGLISH· ANIHSIDNINI™OWIN GLOSSARY at io n 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc USE UP caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment USUALLY ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahike vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of VEHICLE takopisi vai arrive by vehicle VERY kihci- pre big, great, very VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively VILLAGE tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community VIOLENCE miikaasowin -an ni fight. violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war. violence VISIBLE mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vsi be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 0 400 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY WAIT A WHILE pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih•/ WALK uc at io n pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET ni wallet Ed shooniyaawash -an WANT ty of nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO cu l waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. (desiderative, voluntative] Fa WANT TO/NEED TO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) y WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse ni v WARM sit ni war, violence er nootinikewin -an WARM WEATHER U awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather vii be warm weather ad kiishiwaayaa WASH ke he kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. La ( WAR WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai WATCH FOR naanaakacihi wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih·/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 401 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water 0 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaast,kaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun). Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun). Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ish1wepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepa= kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL ke he ad U ni v er sit y 0 La aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, In what manner. why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani kekonen -an pr what WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) 0 402 �io at uc Ed sit er ni v U ad WHOLE ke he misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let me!. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) Will:. ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. [future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii• prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] La ( y Fa cu l ty of WHEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc. that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whheman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 403 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WOLF n io at uc Ed of cu l mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahiikan (W) 0 ty WIN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning WISH pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOMAN Fa anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, lndi"1 woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe •wak na woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe •wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew•/ WONDER kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder WOOD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) U ni v er sit y 0 WOODEN BOX ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. WORK La ke he anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work maatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concemed about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] 0 404 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa~ pr.av would, could, should, ought, can. [modal] kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. WRONG macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe io naanipaawe -wak n YAWN at YELLOW uc osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown Ed YES ehe pc yes. Also: eha YESTERDAY of onaako pc yesterday YET Fa cu l ty aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet YONDER . sit YOU y weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there ad U ni v er kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) YUCK ke he ehshay pc oh yuck! La r WOULD YOU 405 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Intermediate Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Intermediate Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1996-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text